1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
41 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
43 #include "coff/symconst.h"
44 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
45 #include "coff/mips.h"
49 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
50 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
57 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
58 There are four types of entry:
60 (1) an absolute address
61 requires: abfd == NULL
64 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
65 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
66 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
68 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
69 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
73 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
74 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
77 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
79 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
80 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
84 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
86 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
87 that should be added to the symbol value. */
89 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
90 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
91 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
92 otherwise it is in the global area. */
93 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
96 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
97 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
98 unsigned char tls_type
;
100 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
101 and created the associated relocations. */
102 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
104 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
105 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
106 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
110 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
111 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
112 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
113 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
114 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
116 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
117 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
118 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
119 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
120 struct mips_got_page_ref
125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
131 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
132 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
134 struct mips_got_page_range
136 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
137 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
138 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
141 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
142 relocations against a given section. */
143 struct mips_got_page_entry
145 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
147 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
148 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
149 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
153 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
157 /* The number of global .got entries. */
158 unsigned int global_gotno
;
159 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
160 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
161 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
162 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
163 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
164 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
165 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
166 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
167 unsigned int local_gotno
;
168 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
169 unsigned int page_gotno
;
170 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
172 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
173 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno
;
174 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
175 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno
;
176 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
177 struct htab
*got_entries
;
178 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
179 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
180 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
181 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
182 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
183 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
184 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
187 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
189 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
191 /* The output bfd. */
193 /* The link information. */
194 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
195 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
196 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
198 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
199 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
201 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
202 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
204 unsigned int max_count
;
205 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
206 unsigned int max_pages
;
207 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
208 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
209 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
211 unsigned int global_count
;
214 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
215 when laying out the GOT. */
217 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
219 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
220 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
224 struct _mips_elf_section_data
226 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
233 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
234 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
236 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
237 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
238 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
239 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
241 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
242 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
243 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
244 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
245 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
246 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
248 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
249 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
250 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
251 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
252 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
255 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
256 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
257 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
259 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
262 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
263 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
266 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
268 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
272 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
274 to a separate trampoline section.
276 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
277 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
278 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
279 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
280 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
281 asection
*stub_section
;
283 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
286 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
287 in H->root.root.u.def. */
288 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
291 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
293 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
294 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
295 #define LA25_BC(VAL) (0xc8000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* bc VAL */
296 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
297 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
298 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
299 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
300 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
301 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
302 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
304 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
305 the dynamic symbols. */
307 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
309 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
311 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
312 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
313 symbol with a GOT entry. */
314 bfd_size_type min_got_dynindx
;
315 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
316 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
317 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
318 bfd_size_type max_unref_got_dynindx
;
319 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a local
321 bfd_size_type max_local_dynindx
;
322 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to an external
323 symbol without a GOT entry. */
324 bfd_size_type max_non_got_dynindx
;
325 /* If non-NULL, output BFD for .MIPS.xhash finalization. */
327 /* If non-NULL, pointer to contents of .MIPS.xhash for filling in
328 real final dynindx. */
332 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
333 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
334 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
339 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
342 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
345 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
348 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
349 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
351 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
352 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
354 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
355 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
358 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
359 the global hash table. */
361 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
363 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
365 /* External symbol information. */
368 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
369 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
371 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
373 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
375 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
376 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
379 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
380 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
383 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
384 being called returns a floating point value. */
385 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
387 /* If non-zero, location in .MIPS.xhash to write real final dynindx. */
388 bfd_vma mipsxhash_loc
;
390 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
391 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
393 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
394 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
395 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
396 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
398 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
399 is against a readonly section. */
400 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
402 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
403 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
404 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
405 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
407 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
408 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
409 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
410 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
411 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
413 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
414 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
415 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
417 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
418 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
419 la25 stub is required. */
420 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
422 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
423 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
424 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
426 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
427 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
430 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
432 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
434 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
436 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
437 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
439 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
440 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
442 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
443 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
444 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
446 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
447 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
449 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
450 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
452 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
453 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
455 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
458 /* True if we suppress checks for invalid branches between ISA modes. */
459 bfd_boolean ignore_branch_isa
;
461 /* True if we are targetting R6 compact branches. */
462 bfd_boolean compact_branches
;
464 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
465 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
467 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
468 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
470 /* True if we use the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol. */
471 bfd_boolean use_absolute_zero
;
473 /* True if we have been configured for a GNU target. */
474 bfd_boolean gnu_target
;
476 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
481 /* The master GOT information. */
482 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
484 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
486 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
488 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
489 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
491 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
492 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
494 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
495 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
497 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
498 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
500 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
501 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
503 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
504 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
506 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
507 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
509 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
510 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
512 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
513 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
515 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
516 See the comment above that structure for details. */
517 asection
*strampoline
;
519 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
523 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
524 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
525 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
526 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
528 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
530 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
532 /* Small local sym cache. */
533 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
535 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
536 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
539 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
541 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
542 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
543 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
545 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
546 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
548 /* The usual link-wide information. */
549 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
552 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
556 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
558 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
560 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
561 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
563 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
566 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
569 /* The abiflags for this object. */
570 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
571 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid
;
573 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
574 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
576 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
577 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
578 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
579 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
581 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
582 asection
**local_stubs
;
583 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
585 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
586 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
587 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
588 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
589 asection
*elf_data_section
;
590 asection
*elf_text_section
;
593 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
595 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
596 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
598 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
599 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
600 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
601 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
602 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
603 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
604 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
605 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
606 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
607 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
608 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
609 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
610 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
611 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
612 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
613 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
614 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
615 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
616 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
617 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
618 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
619 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
620 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
621 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
622 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
623 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
624 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
625 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
627 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
632 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
633 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
634 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
638 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
640 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
643 "_procedure_string_table",
644 "_procedure_table_size",
648 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
653 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
654 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
655 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
656 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
657 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
658 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
667 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
668 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
669 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
673 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
674 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
675 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
676 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
677 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
678 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
683 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
684 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
685 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
686 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
687 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
695 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
701 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
703 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
705 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
706 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
707 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
708 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
709 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
710 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
711 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
712 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
714 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
715 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
716 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
717 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
718 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
720 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
721 has different meaning for each type:
724 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
725 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
726 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
727 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
730 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
731 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
732 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
733 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
735 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
736 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
737 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
738 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
740 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
741 loader for use by the static exception system. */
743 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
744 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
745 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
746 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
747 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
748 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
749 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
750 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
751 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
752 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
754 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
756 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
757 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
759 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
760 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
761 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
762 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
763 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
764 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
766 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
767 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
768 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
769 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
770 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
771 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
773 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
774 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
776 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
777 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
778 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
779 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
780 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
782 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
783 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
784 for RM9000 for now. */
785 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
786 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
788 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
789 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
791 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
793 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
794 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
796 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
798 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
799 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
800 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
802 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
803 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
804 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
806 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
807 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
808 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
810 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
811 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
812 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
814 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
815 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
817 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
818 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
819 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
821 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
822 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
823 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
824 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
826 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
827 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
828 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
830 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
831 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
832 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
834 /* The name of the options section. */
835 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
836 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
838 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
839 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
840 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
841 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
843 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
844 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
845 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
847 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
848 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
849 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
850 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
852 /* The name of the stub section. */
853 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
855 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
856 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
857 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
859 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
860 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
861 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
863 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
864 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
865 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
867 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
868 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
869 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
871 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
872 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
873 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
875 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
876 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
877 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
879 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
880 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
881 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
883 /* Get word-sized data. */
884 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
885 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
887 /* Put out word-sized data. */
888 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
890 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
891 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
893 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
894 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
895 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
897 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
898 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
899 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
901 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
902 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (abfd, rtype, rela))
904 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
905 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
906 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
908 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
909 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
910 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
911 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
913 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
914 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
916 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
917 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
919 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
920 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
921 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
923 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
925 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
927 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
928 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
930 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
931 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
932 #define STUB_MOVE 0x03e07825 /* or t7,ra,zero */
933 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
934 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr ra,t9 */
935 #define STUB_JALRC 0xf8190000 /* jalrc ra,t9 */
936 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
937 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
938 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
940 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
941 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
943 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
944 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
946 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
947 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
948 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
949 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS 0x001f7a90 /* or t7,ra,zero */
950 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
951 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
952 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
953 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
954 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
955 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
956 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
957 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
958 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
960 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
961 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
963 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
964 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
965 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
966 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
967 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
968 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
970 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
973 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
974 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
975 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
976 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
979 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
980 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
981 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
982 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
983 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
984 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
985 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
986 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
988 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
989 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
991 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
993 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
994 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
997 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
998 floating point arguments.
1000 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
1001 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
1002 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
1003 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
1004 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
1005 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
1006 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
1007 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
1009 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
1010 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
1011 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
1012 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
1013 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
1014 stub should be discarded.
1016 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
1017 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
1018 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1019 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1020 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1021 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1022 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1025 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1026 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1027 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1029 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1031 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1032 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1033 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1035 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1036 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1037 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1039 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1040 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1042 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1043 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1044 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1045 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1046 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1047 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1048 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1049 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1052 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable using compact
1054 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_o32_exec_plt0_entry_compact
[] =
1056 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1057 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1058 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1059 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1060 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1061 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1062 0x2718fffe, /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1063 0xf8190000 /* jalrc $25 */
1066 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1067 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1068 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1070 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1071 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1072 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1073 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1074 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1075 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1076 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1077 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1080 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable using compact
1081 jumps. Different because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14)
1083 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_n32_exec_plt0_entry_compact
[] =
1085 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1086 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1087 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1088 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1089 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1090 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1091 0x2718fffe, /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1092 0xf8190000 /* jalrc $25 */
1095 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1096 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1097 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1099 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1100 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1101 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1102 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1103 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1104 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1105 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1106 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1109 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable using compact
1110 jumps. Different from N32 because of the increased size of GOT
1112 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_n64_exec_plt0_entry_compact
[] =
1114 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1115 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1116 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1117 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1118 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
1119 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1120 0x2718fffe, /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1121 0xf8190000 /* jalrc $25 */
1125 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1126 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1127 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1128 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1130 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1131 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1133 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1134 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1135 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1136 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1137 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1138 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1139 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1140 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1144 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1145 in the insn32 mode. */
1146 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1148 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1149 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1150 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1151 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1152 0x001f, 0x7a90, /* or $15, $31, zero */
1153 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1154 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1155 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1158 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1159 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1161 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1162 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1163 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1164 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1167 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1169 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1170 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1171 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1172 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1175 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry_compact
[] =
1177 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1178 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1179 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1180 0xd8190000 /* jic $25, 0 */
1183 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1184 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1185 directly addressable. */
1186 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1188 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1189 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1190 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1192 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1194 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1197 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1198 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1199 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1201 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1202 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1203 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1204 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1207 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1208 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1210 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1211 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1212 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1213 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1216 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1217 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1219 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1220 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1221 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1222 0x00000000, /* nop */
1223 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1224 0x00000000 /* nop */
1227 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1228 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1230 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1231 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1232 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1233 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1234 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1235 0x00000000, /* nop */
1236 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1237 0x00000000 /* nop */
1240 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1241 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1243 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1244 0x00000000, /* nop */
1245 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1246 0x00000000, /* nop */
1247 0x00000000, /* nop */
1248 0x00000000 /* nop */
1251 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1252 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1254 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1255 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1258 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1261 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1263 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1264 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1267 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1270 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1272 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1275 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1277 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1278 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1279 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1282 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1284 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1285 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1287 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1290 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1291 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1293 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1294 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1297 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1299 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1300 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1302 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1306 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1308 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1309 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1311 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1314 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1316 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1317 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1318 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1320 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1321 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1323 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1326 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1328 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1330 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1331 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1332 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1336 /* Set local fields. */
1337 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1338 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1339 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1342 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1343 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1344 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1345 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1346 ret
->mipsxhash_loc
= 0;
1347 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1348 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1349 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1350 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1351 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1352 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1353 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1354 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1355 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1358 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1361 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1364 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1366 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1371 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1373 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1375 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1376 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1378 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1381 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1384 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1387 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1388 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1391 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1392 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1395 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1398 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1399 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1401 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1402 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1405 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1406 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1409 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1410 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1412 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1414 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1415 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1416 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1419 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1420 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1421 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1422 goto error_return; \
1423 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1424 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1425 goto error_return; \
1428 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1429 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1430 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1431 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1432 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1433 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1435 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1436 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1437 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1438 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1439 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1447 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1449 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1451 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1452 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1453 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1454 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1455 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1456 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1457 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1458 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1459 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1460 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1461 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1463 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1464 free (debug
->ssext
);
1465 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1466 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1467 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1468 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1469 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1470 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1474 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1477 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1479 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1480 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1481 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1482 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1483 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1484 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1486 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1487 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1489 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1492 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1495 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1496 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1497 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1499 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1500 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1502 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1504 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1505 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1509 bfd_size_type count
;
1510 unsigned long sindex
;
1514 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1522 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1524 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1525 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1528 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1530 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1534 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1537 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1538 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1542 size
= sizeof (char *);
1543 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1547 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1548 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1549 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1553 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1556 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1557 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1560 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1563 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1564 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1566 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1567 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1568 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1569 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1570 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1571 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1572 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1573 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1574 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1575 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1577 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1578 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1582 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1583 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1584 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1587 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1591 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1594 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1596 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1597 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1598 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1599 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1601 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1602 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1603 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1605 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1607 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1609 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1611 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1612 matters, but someday it might). */
1613 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1642 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1643 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1646 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1647 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1648 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1651 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
1652 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1653 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1660 /* Create a new symbol. */
1661 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1663 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1664 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1670 /* Make it a local function. */
1671 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1672 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1674 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1676 elfh
->other
= ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfh
->other
);
1680 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1681 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1685 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1686 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1689 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1690 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1696 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1697 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1698 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1699 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1700 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1702 /* Create a new symbol. */
1703 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1705 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1706 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1712 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1713 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1714 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1715 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1716 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1717 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1721 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1722 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1725 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1729 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1730 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1731 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1732 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1733 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1736 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1737 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1738 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1740 static unsigned long
1741 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1742 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1743 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1744 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1746 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1747 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1749 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1750 one in a compound relocation. */
1751 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1752 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1753 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1755 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1756 the traditional behavior. */
1757 if (relocs
< relend
)
1758 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1763 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1767 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1768 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1770 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1771 objects try to call them. */
1772 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1773 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1775 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1776 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1779 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1780 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1782 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1783 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1784 being included in the link. */
1785 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1786 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1787 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1788 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1789 h
->fn_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1792 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1793 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1795 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1796 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1797 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1798 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1799 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1800 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1801 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1802 h
->call_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1805 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1806 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1808 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1809 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1810 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1811 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1812 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1813 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1814 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1815 h
->call_fp_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1819 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1822 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1824 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1826 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1827 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1828 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1832 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1834 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1836 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1837 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1838 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1839 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1840 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1841 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1844 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1845 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1849 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1850 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1853 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1855 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1859 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1860 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1861 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1862 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1868 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1869 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1870 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1871 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1872 entry points are of interest here. */
1875 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1877 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1878 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1879 && h
->root
.def_regular
1880 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1881 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1882 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1883 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1884 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1885 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1888 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1889 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1892 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1895 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1897 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1898 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1903 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1904 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1908 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1909 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1910 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1913 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1914 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1916 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1918 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1921 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1925 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1926 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1929 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1931 /* Create the section. */
1932 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1933 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1934 input_section
->output_section
);
1938 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1939 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1940 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1943 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1945 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1946 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1947 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1948 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1950 /* Allocate room for it. */
1955 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1956 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1957 the function symbol to it. */
1960 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1961 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1963 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1966 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1970 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1971 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1974 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1975 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1976 input_section
->output_section
);
1977 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1979 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1982 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1983 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1984 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1985 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1987 /* Allocate room for it. */
1992 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1993 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1996 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1997 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1999 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2000 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
2001 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
2006 /* Describe the stub we want. */
2007 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
2011 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
2012 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
2016 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
2020 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
2023 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
2024 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
2028 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
2029 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
2035 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
2036 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
2037 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
2038 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
2040 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
2042 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
2043 return (use_trampoline_p
2044 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
2045 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
2048 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
2049 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
2052 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2054 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
2056 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
2057 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
2058 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
2060 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
2062 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
2063 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
2064 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
2067 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
2068 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
2069 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
2070 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
2072 if (bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
2074 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
2075 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
2077 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
2086 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2087 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2090 The format of these instructions is:
2092 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2093 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2094 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2096 +-----------------------------------------------+
2098 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2099 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2101 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2102 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2103 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2104 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2105 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2106 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2107 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2108 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2109 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2110 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2113 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2114 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2115 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2116 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2117 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2118 value as two 16-bit values.
2120 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2124 +--------+----------------------+
2128 +--------+----------------------+
2131 +----------+------+-------------+
2135 +----------+--------------------+
2136 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2137 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2139 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2140 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2141 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2142 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2143 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2145 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2146 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2147 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2150 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2151 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2152 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2153 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2154 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2156 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2158 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2159 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2160 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2161 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2162 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2164 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2167 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2168 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2169 little-endian system.
2171 Finally R_MIPS16_PC16_S1 corresponds to R_MIPS_PC16, however the
2172 relocatable field is shifted by 1 rather than 2 and the same bit
2173 shuffling is done as with the relocations above. */
2175 static inline bfd_boolean
2176 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2181 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2182 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2183 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2186 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2187 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2188 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2189 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2190 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2191 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2192 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2193 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
2201 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2203 static inline bfd_boolean
2204 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2206 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2209 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2210 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2211 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2213 static inline bfd_boolean
2214 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2216 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2217 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2218 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2221 static inline bfd_boolean
2222 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2224 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2225 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2226 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2229 static inline bfd_boolean
2230 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2232 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2233 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2234 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2237 static inline bfd_boolean
2238 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2240 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2243 static inline bfd_boolean
2244 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2246 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2249 static inline bfd_boolean
2250 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2252 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2255 static inline bfd_boolean
2256 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2258 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2261 static inline bfd_boolean
2262 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2264 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2267 static inline bfd_boolean
2268 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2270 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2271 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2272 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2273 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
);
2276 static inline bfd_boolean
2277 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2279 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2280 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2281 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2282 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCLO16
);
2285 static inline bfd_boolean
2286 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2288 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2291 static inline bfd_boolean
2292 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2294 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2295 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2296 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2299 static inline bfd_boolean
2300 b_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2302 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2303 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2304 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2305 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
2306 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
2307 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2308 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2309 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2312 static inline bfd_boolean
2313 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2315 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2316 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC19_S2
);
2319 static inline bfd_boolean
2320 branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2322 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2323 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2324 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2325 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2326 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
);
2329 static inline bfd_boolean
2330 mips16_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2332 return (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2333 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
);
2336 static inline bfd_boolean
2337 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2339 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2340 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2341 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2342 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2345 static inline bfd_boolean
2346 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2348 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2349 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2350 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2353 static inline bfd_boolean
2354 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2356 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2357 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2358 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2361 static inline bfd_boolean
2362 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2364 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2365 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2366 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2370 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2371 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2373 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2375 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2378 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2379 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2380 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2381 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2382 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2383 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2384 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2385 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2387 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2388 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2389 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2393 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2394 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2396 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2398 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2401 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2402 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2404 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2407 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2409 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2410 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2414 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2415 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2416 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2418 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2419 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2422 bfd_reloc_status_type
2423 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2424 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2425 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2429 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2431 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2434 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2436 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2437 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2439 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2440 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2442 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2443 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2445 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2447 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2448 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2449 an external symbol. */
2451 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2452 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2454 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2456 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2458 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2459 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2463 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2466 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2468 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2471 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2472 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2473 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2478 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2480 asection
*input_section
;
2484 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2486 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2488 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2489 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2490 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2492 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2493 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2494 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2495 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2497 bfd_reloc_status_type
2498 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2499 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2500 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2501 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2503 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2505 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2506 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2508 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2510 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2512 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2514 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2515 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2518 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2519 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2521 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2524 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2525 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2526 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2528 bfd_reloc_status_type
2529 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2530 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2531 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2533 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2534 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2535 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2536 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2537 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2538 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2541 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2542 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2545 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2546 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2547 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2549 bfd_reloc_status_type
2550 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2551 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2552 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2555 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2557 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2558 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2560 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2562 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2563 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2566 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2568 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2569 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2571 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2573 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2574 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2575 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2576 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2577 has a rightshift of 0. */
2578 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2579 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2580 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2581 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2582 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2583 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2585 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2586 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2587 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2589 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2590 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2592 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2595 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2599 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2600 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2604 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2605 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2606 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2608 bfd_reloc_status_type
2609 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2610 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2611 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2612 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2615 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2616 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2618 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2620 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2621 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2623 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2625 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2627 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2628 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2629 offset or address. */
2630 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2631 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2636 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2637 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2638 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2639 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2641 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2642 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2643 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2647 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2648 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2649 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2650 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2651 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2652 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2655 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2657 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2658 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2660 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2661 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2663 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2665 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2668 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2673 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2675 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2678 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2679 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2682 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2685 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2686 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2690 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2691 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2693 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2694 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2698 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2699 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2701 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2702 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2703 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2704 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2705 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2706 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2710 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2711 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2715 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2716 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2717 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2718 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2719 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2720 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2721 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2724 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2725 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2726 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2729 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2732 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2733 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2734 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2735 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2736 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2737 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2741 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2742 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2744 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2745 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2746 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2747 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2748 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2749 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2752 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2753 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2754 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2755 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2756 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2759 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2760 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2762 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2763 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2764 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2765 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2766 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2767 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2768 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2772 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2773 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2775 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2776 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2777 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2778 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2779 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2780 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2781 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2784 /* Swap in an options header. */
2787 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2788 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2790 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2791 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2792 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2793 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2796 /* Swap out an options header. */
2799 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2800 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2802 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2803 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2804 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2805 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2808 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2811 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd
*abfd
,
2812 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
,
2813 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
)
2815 in
->version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->version
);
2816 in
->isa_level
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_level
);
2817 in
->isa_rev
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2818 in
->gpr_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2819 in
->cpr1_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2820 in
->cpr2_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2821 in
->fp_abi
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2822 in
->isa_ext
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2823 in
->ases
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ases
);
2824 in
->flags1
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags1
);
2825 in
->flags2
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags2
);
2828 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2831 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd
*abfd
,
2832 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
,
2833 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
)
2835 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->version
, ex
->version
);
2836 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_level
, ex
->isa_level
);
2837 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_rev
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2838 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->gpr_size
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2839 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr1_size
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2840 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr2_size
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2841 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->fp_abi
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2842 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->isa_ext
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2843 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ases
, ex
->ases
);
2844 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags1
, ex
->flags1
);
2845 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags2
, ex
->flags2
);
2848 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2849 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2852 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2854 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2855 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2858 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2859 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2861 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2865 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2867 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2872 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2875 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2876 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2879 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2880 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2882 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2883 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2884 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2885 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2887 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2889 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2892 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2894 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2903 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2904 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2905 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2906 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2907 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2908 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2909 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2910 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2911 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2912 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2913 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2914 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2915 when generating a final executable. */
2918 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2920 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2922 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2924 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2926 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2927 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2928 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2929 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2930 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2932 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2933 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2934 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2935 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2936 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2944 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2947 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2948 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2949 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2950 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2951 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2952 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2954 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2955 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2959 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2961 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2962 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2963 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2965 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2966 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2967 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2969 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2971 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2972 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2973 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2974 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2977 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2979 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2980 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2981 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2986 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2987 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2989 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2990 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2991 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2992 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2995 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2997 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2998 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2999 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
3000 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
3001 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
3002 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
3003 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
3004 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
3005 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
3006 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
3007 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
3008 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
3009 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
3010 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
3011 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
3012 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
3013 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
3015 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
3019 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
3020 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
3023 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
3024 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
3025 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3026 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3028 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
3029 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
3030 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
3031 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
3033 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3034 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
3035 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
3036 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
3037 + sec
->output_offset
3038 + output_section
->vma
);
3040 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3044 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
3046 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
3047 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3049 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
3051 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3052 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3053 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
3054 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
3055 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3057 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3060 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
3061 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
3062 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
3063 + sec
->output_offset
3064 + output_section
->vma
);
3066 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3071 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
3072 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
3075 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
3082 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
3085 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3087 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
3088 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
3090 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
3093 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
3095 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3098 static INLINE hashval_t
3099 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
3102 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
3109 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3111 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
3113 return (entry
->symndx
3114 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
3115 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
3116 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
3117 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
3118 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
3119 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
3123 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3125 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
3126 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
3128 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
3129 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
3130 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
3131 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
3132 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
3133 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
3134 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
3138 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
3140 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
3142 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
3143 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
3144 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
3145 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
3146 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
3150 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
3152 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
3154 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
3155 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
3156 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
3157 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
3158 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
3159 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
3160 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
3164 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3166 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
3168 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
3169 return entry
->sec
->id
;
3173 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
3175 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
3177 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
3178 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3179 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3182 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3184 static struct mips_got_info
*
3185 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3187 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3189 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3193 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3194 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3195 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3198 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3199 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3200 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3206 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3207 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3209 static struct mips_got_info
*
3210 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3212 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3214 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3217 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3218 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3219 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3223 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3226 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3228 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3230 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3231 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3234 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3235 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3236 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3237 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3238 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3239 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3244 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3245 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3246 if creation fails. */
3249 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3255 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3256 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3257 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3258 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3260 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3265 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3268 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
3269 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3275 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3278 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3280 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3283 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3286 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3289 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3292 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3295 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3312 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3313 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3317 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3318 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3321 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3322 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3326 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), h
)
3327 && (bfd_link_dll (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3330 if ((bfd_link_dll (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3332 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3333 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3342 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3348 return bfd_link_dll (info
) ? 1 : 0;
3355 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3359 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3360 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3361 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3363 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3365 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3366 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3368 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3370 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3371 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3373 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3376 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3379 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3381 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3386 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3388 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3390 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3391 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3393 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3395 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3396 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3398 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3401 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3402 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3404 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3407 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3410 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3411 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3412 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3415 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3416 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3418 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3419 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3420 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3422 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3426 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3430 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1
3431 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), &h
->root
)
3432 && (bfd_link_dll (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3433 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3435 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3438 if ((bfd_link_dll (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3440 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3441 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3444 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3445 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3446 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3447 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3448 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3450 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3451 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3452 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3454 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3457 /* General Dynamic. */
3458 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3462 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3463 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3464 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3465 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3468 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3469 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3470 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3471 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3473 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3474 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3478 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3479 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3480 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3481 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3486 /* Initial Exec model. */
3490 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3491 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3493 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3494 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3496 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3497 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3498 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3499 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3502 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3503 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3507 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3508 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3509 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3510 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3511 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3513 if (!bfd_link_dll (info
))
3514 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3515 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3517 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3518 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3519 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3520 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3527 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3530 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3531 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3532 will be negative. */
3535 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3536 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3538 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3539 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3541 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3542 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3544 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3545 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3547 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3548 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3549 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
3550 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3551 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3553 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3554 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3555 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3556 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3558 return got_address
- got_value
;
3561 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3562 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3563 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3564 offset can be found. */
3567 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3568 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3569 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3571 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3572 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3574 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3575 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3577 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3578 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3582 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3583 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3584 return entry
->gotidx
;
3587 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3590 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3591 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3593 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3594 long global_got_dynindx
;
3595 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3598 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3599 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3601 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3602 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3603 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3605 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3606 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3607 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3609 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3610 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3611 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3612 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3613 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3618 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3619 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3622 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3623 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3625 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3626 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3627 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3630 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3631 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3633 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3636 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3637 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3638 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3642 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3643 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3646 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3647 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3649 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3651 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3653 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3654 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3655 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3656 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3657 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3658 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3660 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3665 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3666 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3667 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3668 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3669 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3672 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3673 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3675 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3676 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3678 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3679 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3680 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3685 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3688 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3693 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3694 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3695 symbol that binds locally. */
3698 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3699 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3701 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3703 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3704 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3705 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3706 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3708 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3710 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3711 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3712 same in all cases. */
3713 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3714 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3716 return entry
->gotidx
;
3721 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3725 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3726 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3728 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3732 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3733 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3735 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3736 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3737 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3739 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3742 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3743 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3744 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3747 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3748 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3749 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3750 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3751 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3754 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3756 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3757 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3760 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3761 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3763 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3766 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3767 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3770 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3772 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3774 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3775 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3778 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3781 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3785 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3786 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3794 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3797 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3798 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3805 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3806 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3810 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3814 if (g
->assigned_low_gotno
> g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
3816 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3818 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3819 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3823 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3827 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3828 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3829 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type
)
3830 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
))
3831 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_low_gotno
++;
3833 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_high_gotno
--;
3838 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3840 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3841 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3843 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3846 bfd_vma got_address
;
3848 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3849 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
3850 + htab
->root
.sgot
->output_offset
3853 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3854 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3855 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3856 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3857 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3863 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3864 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3865 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3866 the current linking stage. */
3868 static bfd_size_type
3869 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3871 bfd_size_type count
;
3874 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3875 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3878 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3880 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3881 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3882 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3883 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3884 && elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_relocs
3885 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3891 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3892 appear towards the end. */
3895 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3897 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3898 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3899 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3901 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3902 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3904 if (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
== 0)
3912 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3913 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3914 = (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3915 /* Add 1 to local symbol indices to account for the mandatory NULL entry
3916 at the head of the table; see `_bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms'. */
3917 hsd
.max_local_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3918 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= htab
->root
.local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
3919 hsd
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
3920 if (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
3921 && htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
3922 && info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
3924 asection
*s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->root
.dynobj
, ".MIPS.xhash");
3925 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3926 hsd
.mipsxhash
= s
->contents
;
3927 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.mipsxhash
!= NULL
);
3930 hsd
.mipsxhash
= NULL
;
3931 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
, &hsd
);
3933 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3934 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3935 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_local_dynindx
<= htab
->root
.local_dynsymcount
+ 1);
3936 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3937 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
== htab
->root
.dynsymcount
);
3938 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
== g
->global_gotno
);
3940 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3941 table index in the GOT. */
3942 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3947 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3948 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3952 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3954 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3956 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3958 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3961 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3964 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
3965 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_local_dynindx
++;
3967 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3971 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3972 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3975 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3976 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3977 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3978 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3982 /* Populate the .MIPS.xhash translation table entry with
3983 the symbol dynindx. */
3984 if (h
->mipsxhash_loc
!= 0 && hsd
->mipsxhash
!= NULL
)
3985 bfd_put_32 (hsd
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.dynindx
,
3986 hsd
->mipsxhash
+ h
->mipsxhash_loc
);
3991 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3992 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3993 hash table directly). */
3996 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3997 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3999 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4000 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4001 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4002 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4004 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
4005 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4007 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
4011 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
4012 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
4015 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4019 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
4020 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
4025 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
4026 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4030 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
4039 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
4040 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
4041 using the GOT entry for calls. */
4044 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4045 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4046 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
4048 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4049 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
4050 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
4051 unsigned char tls_type
;
4053 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4054 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4056 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4058 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
4060 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
4062 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
4064 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4068 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4071 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4075 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
4076 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
4077 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4081 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4082 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
4083 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4086 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
4087 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
4090 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
4091 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
4093 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4094 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4095 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
4097 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4098 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4101 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
4104 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
4105 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
4106 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
4107 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4110 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
4111 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
4115 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
4116 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4117 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4119 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4120 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
4121 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
4122 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4124 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4125 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4127 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
4128 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
4133 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4137 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
4138 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
4140 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
4141 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4145 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
4148 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4156 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4157 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4161 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4171 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4174 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4178 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4180 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4181 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4183 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4184 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4186 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4187 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4192 /* Make room for a null element. */
4193 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4196 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4200 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4201 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4202 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4203 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4206 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4208 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4209 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4211 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4212 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4213 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4215 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4218 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4219 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4225 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4229 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4230 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4231 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4232 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4235 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4237 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4238 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4241 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4242 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4243 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4244 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4245 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4246 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4248 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4255 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4256 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4258 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4259 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4262 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4270 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4272 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4281 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4286 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4289 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4291 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4294 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4297 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
,
4298 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4300 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4301 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4302 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4303 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4306 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4308 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4312 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4313 seen the section. */
4314 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4317 entry
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4325 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4327 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4328 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4329 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4331 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4332 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4333 a new singleton range. */
4335 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4337 range
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*range
));
4341 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4342 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4343 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4351 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4352 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4354 /* Update the ranges. */
4355 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4356 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4357 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4359 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4361 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4362 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4363 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4366 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4369 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4370 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4371 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4373 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4374 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4380 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4381 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4382 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4383 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4386 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4388 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4389 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4390 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4394 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4395 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4396 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4398 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4400 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4402 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4404 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4407 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4409 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4410 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4411 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4414 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4415 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4419 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4421 /* Read in the symbol. */
4422 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4430 /* Get the associated input section. */
4431 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4438 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4439 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4440 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4441 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4442 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4446 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4447 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4448 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4449 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4451 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4452 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4455 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4457 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
, sec
, addend
))
4465 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4466 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4467 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4468 that they require. */
4471 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4472 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4474 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4475 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4482 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4486 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4487 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4488 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4489 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4492 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4496 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4499 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4500 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4501 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4506 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4511 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4515 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4516 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4518 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4519 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4520 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4521 symbols later if appropriate. */
4522 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4525 /* Absolute symbols, if ever they need a GOT entry, cannot ever go
4526 to the local GOT, as they would be implicitly relocated by the
4527 base address by the dynamic loader. */
4528 if (bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
.root
))
4531 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4532 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4533 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4534 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4535 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4538 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4539 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4540 the local rather than global GOT. */
4541 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && h
->has_static_relocs
)
4547 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4548 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4549 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4550 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4551 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4554 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4556 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4557 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4558 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4560 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4561 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4563 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4565 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4566 local or global GOT. */
4567 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4568 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4569 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4570 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4571 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4572 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4573 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4574 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4575 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4576 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4577 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4578 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4579 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4581 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4588 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4589 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4592 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4594 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4595 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4598 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4599 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4600 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4609 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4614 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4615 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4618 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4620 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4621 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4624 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4625 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4626 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4635 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4640 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4641 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4642 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4643 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4647 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4648 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4649 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4651 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4652 unsigned int estimate
;
4654 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4655 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4656 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4657 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4659 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4661 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4662 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4664 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4665 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4666 conservatively as well. */
4667 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4668 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4670 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4672 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4673 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4676 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4677 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4679 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4683 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4687 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4691 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4692 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4693 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4694 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4695 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4696 and then make make the new got current. */
4699 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4700 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4702 unsigned int estimate
;
4705 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4708 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4709 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4710 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4711 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4712 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4714 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4715 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4716 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4717 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4718 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4720 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4722 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4723 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4730 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4731 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4736 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4739 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4744 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4745 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4746 overflows anyway. */
4747 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4753 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4754 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4755 an index in a different GOT. */
4758 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4760 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4762 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4763 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4765 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4767 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4771 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4772 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4775 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4779 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4780 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4781 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4784 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4786 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4787 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4789 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4790 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4791 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4794 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4795 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4801 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4802 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4806 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4807 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4808 symbol to DATA->value. */
4811 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4813 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4814 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4816 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4817 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4818 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4819 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4820 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4821 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4825 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4826 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4827 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4828 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4831 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4833 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4834 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4836 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4837 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4838 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4839 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4840 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4842 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
))
4847 arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
+= 1;
4849 if (bfd_link_pic (arg
->info
)
4850 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4851 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4852 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4853 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4859 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4860 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4861 lazy-binding stubs. */
4864 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4866 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4867 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4868 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4870 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4871 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4872 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4873 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4875 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4876 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4877 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4879 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4880 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4886 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4889 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4894 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4898 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4902 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4903 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4906 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4907 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4910 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4911 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4913 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4914 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4915 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4916 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4917 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4920 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4921 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4922 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4926 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4927 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4928 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4929 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4930 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4931 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4932 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4933 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4934 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4935 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4937 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4939 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4940 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4941 to be the primary GOT. */
4942 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4944 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4945 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4949 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4950 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4951 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4953 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4954 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4956 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4960 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4961 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4962 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4963 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4965 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4967 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4968 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4969 those that are actually referenced. */
4970 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4971 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4974 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4975 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4976 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4977 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4979 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4980 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4981 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4982 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4983 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4984 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4985 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4986 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4987 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4988 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4989 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4990 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4991 points back to the master GOT. */
4992 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4993 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
5000 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
5002 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
5003 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= assign
;
5004 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
5005 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
5006 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
5007 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
5009 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
5010 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
5011 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
5016 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
5017 all non-TLS entries. */
5018 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
5020 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
5021 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
5024 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
5026 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
5029 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
5030 lazy-binding stubs. */
5032 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
5036 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
5039 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
5041 unsigned int save_assign
;
5043 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
5044 relocations they need. */
5045 save_assign
= g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
5046 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
5048 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
5050 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
5053 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
5054 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= save_assign
;
5056 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5058 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
5059 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
5060 + g
->next
->global_gotno
5061 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
5062 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
5064 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
5066 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
5069 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
5076 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
5077 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
5079 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
5080 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
5081 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5082 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
5084 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5086 while (relocation
< relend
)
5088 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
5089 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
5095 /* We didn't find it. */
5099 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
5102 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
5103 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5104 asection
**local_sections
)
5106 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5107 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5110 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5111 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5112 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5114 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5116 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
5122 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5125 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5127 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
5128 /* VALUE is negative. */
5129 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
5134 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5135 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5139 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5141 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
5143 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
5144 /* The value is too big. */
5146 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
5147 /* The value is too small. */
5154 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5157 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
5159 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5162 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5165 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5168 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5175 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5178 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5181 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5188 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5191 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5192 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5195 register asection
*s
;
5197 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
5199 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5202 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
5204 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5205 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5208 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
5214 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5217 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5220 register asection
*s
;
5221 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5222 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5223 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5225 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5226 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5228 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5229 if (htab
->root
.sgot
)
5232 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5233 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5235 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5236 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5237 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5239 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
5241 htab
->root
.sgot
= s
;
5243 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5244 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5245 are not creating a global offset table. */
5247 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5248 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5249 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5252 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5255 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5256 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5257 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5259 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5260 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5263 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5264 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5265 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5267 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5268 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5269 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5272 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5275 htab
->root
.sgotplt
= s
;
5280 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5281 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5282 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5285 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5287 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
5288 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
5289 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5290 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5293 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5294 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5295 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5299 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5300 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5302 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5303 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5304 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5305 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5306 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5307 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5314 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5315 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5316 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5317 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5318 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5319 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5320 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5324 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5331 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5334 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5335 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5336 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
5339 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5340 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
5342 /* Obtain the bytes. */
5344 x
= bfd_get (8 * size
, input_bfd
, location
);
5349 /* Store the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5352 mips_elf_store_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5353 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5354 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma x
)
5356 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5357 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
5359 /* Put the value into the output. */
5361 bfd_put (8 * size
, input_bfd
, x
, location
);
5364 /* Try to patch a load from GOT instruction in CONTENTS pointed to by
5365 RELOCATION described by HOWTO, with a move of 0 to the load target
5366 register, returning TRUE if that is successful and FALSE otherwise.
5367 If DOIT is FALSE, then only determine it patching is possible and
5368 return status without actually changing CONTENTS.
5372 mips_elf_nullify_got_load (bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
5373 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5374 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_boolean doit
)
5376 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5377 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
5378 bfd_boolean nullified
= TRUE
;
5381 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
5383 /* Obtain the current value. */
5384 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
5386 /* Note that in the unshuffled MIPS16 encoding RX is at bits [21:19]
5387 while RY is at bits [18:16] of the combined 32-bit instruction word. */
5388 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5389 && (((x
>> 22) & 0x3ff) == 0x3d3 /* LW */
5390 || ((x
>> 22) & 0x3ff) == 0x3c7)) /* LD */
5391 x
= (0x3cd << 22) | (x
& (7 << 16)) << 3; /* LI */
5392 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5393 && ((x
>> 26) & 0x37) == 0x37) /* LW/LD */
5394 x
= (0xc << 26) | (x
& (0x1f << 21)); /* ADDIU */
5395 else if (((x
>> 26) & 0x3f) == 0x23 /* LW */
5396 || ((x
>> 26) & 0x3f) == 0x37) /* LD */
5397 x
= (0x9 << 26) | (x
& (0x1f << 16)); /* ADDIU */
5401 /* Put the value into the output. */
5402 if (doit
&& nullified
)
5403 mips_elf_store_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
, x
);
5405 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
5410 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5411 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5412 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5414 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5415 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5416 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5418 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5419 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5420 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5421 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5423 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5424 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5425 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
5426 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5427 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5428 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5429 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5430 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5432 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5433 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5435 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5437 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5440 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5441 shared object file being produced. */
5443 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5446 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5448 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5449 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5450 during execution. */
5451 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5452 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5454 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5455 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5456 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5458 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5459 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a section
5461 bfd_boolean section_p
= FALSE
;
5462 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5463 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5464 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5465 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5466 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5467 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5469 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5471 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5472 relocation value. */
5473 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5474 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5475 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5476 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5477 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5479 bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero
;
5481 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5482 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5483 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5485 /* Parse the relocation. */
5486 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5487 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5488 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5489 + input_section
->output_offset
5490 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5492 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5493 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5495 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5496 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5497 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5498 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5500 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5501 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5502 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5505 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5506 must come before globals. */
5510 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5513 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5514 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5516 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5517 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5519 section_p
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
;
5521 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5522 if (!section_p
|| (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5523 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5524 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && section_p
)
5526 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5528 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5531 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5532 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5535 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5536 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5537 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5539 if (*namep
== NULL
|| **namep
== '\0')
5540 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5542 /* For relocations against a section symbol and ones against no
5543 symbol (absolute relocations) infer the ISA mode from the addend. */
5544 if (section_p
|| r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
5546 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && !micromips_p
;
5547 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && micromips_p
;
5549 /* For relocations against an absolute symbol infer the ISA mode
5550 from the value of the symbol plus addend. */
5551 else if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
5553 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && !micromips_p
;
5554 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && micromips_p
;
5556 /* Otherwise just use the regular symbol annotation available. */
5559 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5560 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5565 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5567 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5568 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5569 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5570 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5571 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5572 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5573 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5575 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5576 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5578 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5579 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5580 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5581 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5583 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5584 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5585 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5586 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5590 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5591 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5592 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5593 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5596 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5597 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5598 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5600 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5601 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5602 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5604 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5605 if (sec
->output_section
)
5606 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5607 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5608 + sec
->output_offset
);
5610 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5612 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5613 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5614 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5615 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5618 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5619 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5621 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5622 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5624 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5625 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5626 in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5627 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5628 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5630 BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_pic (info
));
5631 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5634 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5636 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5637 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5638 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5639 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5640 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5641 which is available from here:
5642 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5647 bfd_boolean reject_undefined
5648 = (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
5649 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) != STV_DEFAULT
);
5651 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5652 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5653 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
, reject_undefined
);
5655 if (reject_undefined
)
5656 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5661 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5662 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5665 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5666 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5668 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5670 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5671 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5673 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5674 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5675 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5677 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5678 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5680 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5681 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5682 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5684 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5685 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5689 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5694 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5697 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5698 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5699 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5700 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5709 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5710 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5711 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5713 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5714 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5715 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5716 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5717 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5718 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5720 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5721 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5722 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5725 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5728 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5729 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5731 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5736 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5738 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5740 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5747 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5750 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5753 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5754 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5756 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5758 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5759 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5760 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5762 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5763 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5764 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5765 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
5768 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5769 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5770 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5771 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5773 else if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5774 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
5775 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5778 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5779 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5781 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5783 sec
= htab
->root
.splt
;
5784 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5785 + sec
->output_offset
5786 + htab
->plt_header_size
5787 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5788 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5791 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5792 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5795 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5796 if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5797 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5800 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5801 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5804 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5805 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5806 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5807 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5808 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5810 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5811 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5812 && ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5813 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5814 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5815 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5816 || ((branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5817 || r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5818 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5819 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5821 resolved_to_zero
= (h
!= NULL
5822 && UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->root
));
5826 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5827 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5830 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5831 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5832 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5833 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5834 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5835 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5836 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5837 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5838 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5839 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5840 if (resolved_to_zero
5841 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5842 && mips_elf_nullify_got_load (input_bfd
, contents
,
5843 relocation
, howto
, TRUE
))
5844 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5847 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5848 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5849 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5850 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5851 if (resolved_to_zero
5852 && htab
->use_absolute_zero
5853 && bfd_link_pic (info
))
5855 /* Redirect to the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol. */
5856 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, "__gnu_absolute_zero",
5857 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5858 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
5863 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5865 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5866 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5868 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5873 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5874 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5875 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5876 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5878 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5879 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5883 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5884 to need it, get it now. */
5887 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5888 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5891 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5892 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5893 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5894 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5895 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5896 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5897 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5898 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5899 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5900 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5901 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5902 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5904 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5905 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5906 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5907 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5908 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5909 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5910 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5911 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5912 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5913 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5915 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5916 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5918 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5922 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5923 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5924 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5925 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5926 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5927 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5929 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5930 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5931 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5935 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5936 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5938 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5939 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5940 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5941 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5944 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5945 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5946 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5950 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5951 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5953 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5956 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5957 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5961 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5962 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5963 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5965 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5969 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5970 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5972 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5973 + input_section
->output_offset
5974 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5975 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5976 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5977 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5979 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5980 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5982 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5983 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5986 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5989 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5993 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5996 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5997 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5998 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5999 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6005 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
6006 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
6008 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
6009 && !h
->root
.def_regular
6010 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
6011 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
6013 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6014 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
6015 && !resolved_to_zero
))
6016 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6018 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
6019 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
6020 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
6021 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
6022 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
6023 relocs or PLTs instead. */
6025 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
6033 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
6037 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6038 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6042 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6046 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6047 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6051 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
6052 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
6053 the output file that's different. That's handled in
6054 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
6055 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
6057 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
6061 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
6062 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
6064 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& !section_p
)
6065 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
6070 /* Make sure the target of a jump is suitably aligned. Bit 0 must
6071 be the correct ISA mode selector except for weak undefined
6073 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6074 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6075 ? (value
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6076 : (value
& ((1 << shift
) - 1)) != (r_type
!= R_MIPS_26
)))
6077 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6080 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6081 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
6082 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6086 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
6087 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
6088 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
6089 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
6093 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
6094 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
6095 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
6096 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
6097 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
6098 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
6101 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
6102 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
6103 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
6104 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
6108 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
6109 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
6110 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
6111 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
6112 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
6113 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
6118 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
6121 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
6122 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6126 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
6127 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
6128 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
6132 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
6133 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
6134 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
6135 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
6136 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
6137 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
6138 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
6139 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
6140 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
6141 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
6142 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
6144 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
6150 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
6151 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
6153 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
6156 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
6157 for this conditional. */
6158 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
6159 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
6160 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
6161 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
6162 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
6164 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
6165 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
6166 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
6167 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
6168 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
6171 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
6172 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
6175 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
6176 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
6177 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
6178 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
6179 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
6180 not check for overflow here. */
6184 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
6185 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
6186 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
6187 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
6188 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
6193 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
6194 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
6195 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
6196 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
6197 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
6198 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
6199 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
6200 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
6201 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
6202 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
6203 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
6204 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6205 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6206 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
6207 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
6208 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
6209 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
6210 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
6214 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6215 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6218 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
6219 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
6222 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
6223 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
6224 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
6225 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
6226 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
6228 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
6229 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
6230 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6231 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6233 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6234 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6241 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6242 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6243 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6244 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
6245 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6246 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
6247 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
6248 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6249 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6250 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6252 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6255 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6256 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
6258 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6262 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
6263 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6264 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18);
6266 /* No need to exclude weak undefined symbols here as they resolve
6267 to 0 and never set `*cross_mode_jump_p', so this alignment check
6268 will never trigger for them. */
6269 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
6270 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 1
6271 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0)
6272 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6274 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6275 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6276 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
6277 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6278 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6281 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
6282 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6283 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6285 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6286 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6287 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6288 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6289 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6291 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6292 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6293 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6294 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6295 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6298 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
6299 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6300 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 23);
6302 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6303 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6305 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6306 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6307 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 23);
6308 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6309 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6312 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
6313 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6314 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28);
6316 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6317 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6319 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6320 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6321 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 28);
6322 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6323 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6326 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3
:
6327 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6328 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6330 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 7)
6331 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6333 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 7) ^ 7);
6334 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6335 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6336 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6337 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6340 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2
:
6341 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6342 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6344 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6345 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6347 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6348 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6349 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6350 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6351 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6355 value
= mips_elf_high (symbol
+ addend
- p
);
6356 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6360 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6361 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6362 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6363 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6366 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
6367 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6368 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8);
6370 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6371 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6372 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6373 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6374 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6376 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6377 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6378 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
6379 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6380 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6383 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
6384 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6385 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11);
6387 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6388 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6389 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6390 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6391 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6393 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6394 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6395 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
6396 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6397 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6400 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
6401 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6402 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6404 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6405 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6406 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6407 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6408 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6410 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6411 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6412 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6413 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6414 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6417 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
6418 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6419 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25);
6420 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
6421 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6422 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
6423 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6424 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6427 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6428 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6429 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6430 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6431 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6432 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6433 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6435 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
6436 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6439 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6440 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6441 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6442 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6443 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
6446 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6447 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6448 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
6449 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6450 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6451 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6452 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6455 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6456 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6458 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
6461 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6465 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
6466 value
= symbol
- addend
;
6467 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6471 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
6472 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
6473 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6476 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
6477 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
6478 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
6479 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6482 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6483 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6484 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
6485 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6489 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
6490 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6491 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6492 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6493 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6494 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6495 /* We can't optimize cross-mode jumps either. */
6496 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
)
6497 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6498 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6499 /* Neither we can non-instruction-aligned targets. */
6500 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
? (value
& 3) != 0 : (value
& 1) == 0)
6501 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6505 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6506 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6507 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6508 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6511 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6512 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
6515 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6517 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6520 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6521 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6522 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6524 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6525 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6527 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6530 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6531 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6532 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6533 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6534 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6535 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6539 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6541 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6542 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6544 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6546 /* Obtain the current value. */
6547 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6549 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6550 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6552 /* Set the field. */
6553 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6555 /* Detect incorrect JALX usage. If required, turn JAL or BAL into JALX. */
6556 if (!cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6558 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6560 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
? opcode
== 0x7
6561 : r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
? opcode
== 0x3c
6564 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6565 (_("%X%H: unsupported JALX to the same ISA mode\n"),
6566 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6570 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6573 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6574 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6576 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6577 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6579 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6582 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6584 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6589 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6593 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6594 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6597 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6598 (_("%X%H: unsupported jump between ISA modes; "
6599 "consider recompiling with interlinking enabled\n"),
6600 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6604 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6605 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6607 else if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& b_reloc_p (r_type
))
6609 bfd_boolean ok
= FALSE
;
6610 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 16;
6611 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
= 0;
6612 bfd_vma sign_bit
= 0;
6616 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
6618 ok
= opcode
== 0x4060;
6623 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
)
6625 ok
= opcode
== 0x411;
6631 if (ok
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
6633 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6634 + input_section
->output_offset
6635 + relocation
->r_offset
6638 + (((value
& ((sign_bit
<< 1) - 1)) ^ sign_bit
) - sign_bit
));
6640 if ((addr
>> 28) << 28 != (dest
>> 28) << 28)
6642 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6643 (_("%X%H: cannot convert branch between ISA modes "
6644 "to JALX: relocation out of range\n"),
6645 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6649 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6650 x
= ((dest
>> 2) & 0x3ffffff) | jalx_opcode
<< 26;
6652 else if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->ignore_branch_isa
)
6654 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6655 (_("%X%H: unsupported branch between ISA modes\n"),
6656 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6661 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6663 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6664 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6665 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6666 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6667 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6668 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6669 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6670 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6671 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6672 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6673 && (x
& ~1) == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 / jalr zero, t9 */
6679 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6680 + input_section
->output_offset
6681 + relocation
->r_offset
6683 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6684 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6688 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6690 if ((x
& ~1) == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 / jalr zero, t9 */
6691 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6693 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6697 /* Put the value into the output. */
6698 mips_elf_store_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
, x
);
6700 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !bfd_link_relocatable (info
),
6706 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6707 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6708 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6709 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6712 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6713 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6714 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6715 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6716 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6717 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6719 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6724 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6725 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6727 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6728 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6730 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6731 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6732 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6733 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6734 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6735 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6738 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6739 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6740 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6742 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6743 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6744 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6745 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6748 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6749 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6752 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6754 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6755 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6756 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6761 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6762 in the relocation. */
6763 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6765 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6766 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6767 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6768 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6770 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6771 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6772 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6773 undefined symbols. */
6778 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6780 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6782 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6787 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6790 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6791 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6797 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6798 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6799 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6800 local symbols because we used to generate them
6801 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6802 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6803 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6804 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6805 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6806 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6808 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6809 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6810 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6811 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6812 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6817 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6818 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6819 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6820 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6821 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6824 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6825 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6826 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6828 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6829 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6830 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6833 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6834 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6835 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6836 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6837 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6838 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6839 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6840 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6841 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6842 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6843 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6844 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6845 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6846 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6849 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6851 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6852 correct location in the output file. */
6853 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6854 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6855 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6856 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6857 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6858 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6860 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6861 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6862 relocation format is non-standard. */
6863 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6865 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6866 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6868 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6870 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6872 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6873 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6874 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6875 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6877 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6880 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6881 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6882 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6884 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6885 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6887 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6888 will be writing to it. */
6889 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6892 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6893 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6895 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6900 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6902 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6903 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6904 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6905 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6906 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6907 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6909 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6910 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6911 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6913 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6914 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6915 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6916 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6917 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6918 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6919 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6923 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6924 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6926 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6927 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6932 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6935 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6937 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6939 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6940 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6942 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6943 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6945 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6946 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6948 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6949 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6951 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6952 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6954 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6955 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6957 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6958 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6960 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6961 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6963 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6964 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6966 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6967 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6969 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6970 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6972 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6973 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6975 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6976 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6978 case E_MIPS_MACH_GS464
:
6979 return bfd_mach_mips_gs464
;
6981 case E_MIPS_MACH_GS464E
:
6982 return bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
;
6984 case E_MIPS_MACH_GS264E
:
6985 return bfd_mach_mips_gs264e
;
6987 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
:
6988 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
;
6990 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6991 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6993 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6994 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6996 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6997 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6999 case E_MIPS_MACH_IAMR2
:
7000 return bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
;
7003 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
7007 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
7010 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
7013 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
7016 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
7019 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
7021 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
7022 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
7024 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
7025 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
7027 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
7028 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
7030 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
7031 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
7033 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
7034 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
;
7036 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
7037 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
;
7044 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
7046 static INLINE
char *
7047 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
7051 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
7052 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
7055 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
7057 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
7061 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
7063 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
7065 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
7067 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
7070 return "unknown abi";
7074 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
7075 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
7076 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
7077 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
7078 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
7079 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
7080 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
7081 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
7083 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
7084 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
7085 definition in a shared library. */
7086 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
7087 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
7088 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
7090 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7093 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
7095 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
7097 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
7098 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
7099 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
7101 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7102 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
7103 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
7104 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
7105 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
7106 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
7107 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
7109 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
7110 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
7111 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
7112 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
7113 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
7114 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
7115 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
7116 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
7117 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
7118 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
7120 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
7124 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7125 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
7126 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7127 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
7128 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7131 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7132 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
7134 /* Initialize the small common section. */
7135 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
7136 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7137 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
7138 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
7139 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
7140 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
7141 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
7142 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
7143 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
7145 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
7146 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
7149 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7150 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7155 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
7157 if (section
!= NULL
)
7159 asym
->section
= section
;
7160 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
7161 to the base of the .text section. So subtract the section
7162 base address to make it an offset. */
7163 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
7170 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
7172 if (section
!= NULL
)
7174 asym
->section
= section
;
7175 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
7176 to the base of the .data section. So subtract the section
7177 base address to make it an offset. */
7178 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
7184 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
7185 or microMIPS one. */
7186 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
7187 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
7190 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
7191 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
7192 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
7194 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
7195 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
7199 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
7200 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
7202 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
7203 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
7204 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
7205 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
7206 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
7208 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
7209 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
7210 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
7211 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
7213 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
7214 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
7215 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
7216 We therefore take the following approach:
7218 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
7219 determine the pointer size.
7221 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
7222 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
7226 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
7227 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
7228 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
7229 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
7230 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
7232 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
7233 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
7237 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*sec
)
7239 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
7241 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
7243 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
7245 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
7246 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
7247 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
7254 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
7255 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
7256 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
7265 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
7266 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
7267 same address. For example, if we have code like:
7269 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
7270 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
7273 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
7274 will jump there rather than to .text.
7276 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
7277 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
7280 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
7282 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
7285 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
7286 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
7287 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
7291 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
7293 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
7294 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
7298 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
7300 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7303 (_("%pB: incorrect `.reginfo' section size; "
7304 "expected %" PRIu64
", got %" PRIu64
),
7305 abfd
, (uint64_t) sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
),
7306 (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
);
7307 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7312 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
7315 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7316 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7320 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
7321 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
7322 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
7323 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
7325 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7327 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
7328 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
7329 so that we don't have to read them again.
7330 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
7331 through the section contents to see if there is an
7332 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
7334 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
7336 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7337 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7339 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7341 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7343 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7346 /* xgettext:c-format */
7347 (_("%pB: warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than"
7349 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7352 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7359 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7360 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
7363 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7364 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
7367 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7374 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7375 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
7378 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7379 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7386 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
7388 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
7390 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
7391 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
7392 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
7393 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
7394 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
7395 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
7396 on it in an input file will be followed. */
7397 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7398 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
7399 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
7400 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7401 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
7402 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7403 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7405 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
7407 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
7409 unsigned int adjust
;
7411 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
7413 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
7421 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7422 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7423 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7425 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7429 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
7430 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
7436 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7437 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7438 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7439 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7440 probably get away with this. */
7441 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
7443 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7444 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
7448 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
7451 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
7452 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
7455 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7456 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7459 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
7460 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
7463 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
7464 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
7466 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
7468 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
7469 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
7470 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7472 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7474 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
7475 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7478 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7479 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7482 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7483 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7486 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
:
7487 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7489 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7491 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
7492 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7493 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7496 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7497 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7500 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7501 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7502 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7505 case SHT_MIPS_XHASH
:
7506 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.xhash") != 0)
7512 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
7517 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7518 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
7524 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
7526 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
7528 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7529 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7531 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd
, &ext
,
7532 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
);
7533 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.version
!= 0)
7535 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
7538 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7540 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7541 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7542 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7543 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7544 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7546 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
7549 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7550 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7552 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
7553 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
7556 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7557 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7558 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7559 they should agree. */
7560 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7562 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7564 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7565 if (contents
== NULL
)
7567 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
7574 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7575 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7577 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7579 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7581 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7584 /* xgettext:c-format */
7585 (_("%pB: warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than"
7587 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7590 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7592 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
7594 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7596 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
7597 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7599 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7601 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7603 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
7605 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7607 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
7608 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7610 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7620 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7621 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7622 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7625 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7627 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7629 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7631 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7632 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7633 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7635 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7636 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7637 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7639 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7640 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7641 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7643 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7644 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7645 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7647 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7648 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7649 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7650 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7651 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7653 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7655 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7657 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7658 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7659 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7660 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7662 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7663 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7665 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7668 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7670 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7671 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7672 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7673 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7675 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7676 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7678 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7679 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7682 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7683 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7684 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7685 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7686 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7687 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7688 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7689 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7691 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7692 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7694 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7696 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7697 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7698 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7700 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7702 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7703 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7704 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7706 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7708 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
7709 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
);
7711 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7712 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7714 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7716 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7717 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7718 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7719 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7720 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7722 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7724 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7725 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7726 final_write_processing. */
7728 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7729 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7731 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7732 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7733 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7735 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7737 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7738 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7739 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7741 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.xhash") == 0)
7743 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_XHASH
;
7744 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7745 hdr
->sh_entsize
= get_elf_backend_data(abfd
)->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
7748 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7749 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7750 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7751 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7752 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7757 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7758 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7759 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7760 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7761 the .scommon section. */
7764 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7765 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7767 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7769 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7772 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7774 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7780 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7781 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7784 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7785 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7786 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7787 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7789 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7790 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7791 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7793 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7798 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7799 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7800 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7801 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7802 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7803 is not done for them. */
7805 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7806 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7812 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7815 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7816 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7817 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7818 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7819 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7822 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7823 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7824 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7825 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7829 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7830 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7832 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7833 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7834 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7836 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7837 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7840 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7841 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7842 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7845 /* Initialize the section. */
7847 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7848 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7850 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7851 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7853 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7854 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7855 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7856 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7857 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7858 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7859 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7861 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7862 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7863 so I took it out. */
7864 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7867 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7868 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7870 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7871 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7873 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7874 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7875 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7877 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7878 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7881 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7882 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7883 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7886 /* Initialize the section. */
7888 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7889 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7891 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7892 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7894 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7895 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7896 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7897 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7898 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7899 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7900 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7902 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7903 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7904 so I took it out. */
7905 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7908 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7909 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7913 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7914 && ! bfd_link_pic (info
)
7915 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7916 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7918 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7919 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7921 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7923 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7924 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7925 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7928 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7931 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7933 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7936 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7937 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7940 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7941 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7942 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7943 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7949 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7950 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7951 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7954 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7955 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7956 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7957 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7959 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7960 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7961 common in the output file. */
7962 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7963 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7964 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7966 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7967 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7972 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7974 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7977 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7979 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7980 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7982 register asection
*s
;
7983 const char * const *namep
;
7984 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7986 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7987 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7989 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7990 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7992 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7994 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7996 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7999 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
8004 /* We need to create .got section. */
8005 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
8008 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
8011 /* Create .stub section. */
8012 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
8013 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
8016 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
8017 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
8021 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8022 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
8023 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
8025 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
8026 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
8028 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
8029 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
8033 /* Create .MIPS.xhash section. */
8034 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
8035 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".MIPS.xhash",
8036 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
8038 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
8039 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
8040 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
8041 the linker takes such action. */
8042 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
8044 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
8047 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
8048 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
8049 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
8052 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
8056 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
8058 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8062 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
8063 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8065 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
8069 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
8070 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
8072 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8074 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
8076 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8078 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
8080 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8083 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
8085 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8087 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
8089 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
8092 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
8096 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
8098 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
8099 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
8100 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
8103 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
8106 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
8108 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8111 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
8113 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
8114 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
8115 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
8116 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
8117 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
8118 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8120 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
8122 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
8123 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
8124 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
8127 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
8130 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
8132 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8134 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
8138 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
8139 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
8140 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
8143 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
8144 if (htab
->is_vxworks
8145 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
8151 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
8152 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
8153 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
8156 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8157 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
8158 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
8160 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
8161 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8163 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
8164 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
8165 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
8166 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
8168 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8169 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
8170 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
8173 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
8174 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
8175 of the section that REL is against. */
8178 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8179 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
8182 unsigned int r_type
;
8186 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8187 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8189 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
8190 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
8191 bytes
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
8192 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
8194 addend
= bytes
& howto
->src_mask
;
8196 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. Adjust the addend
8198 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
&& (bytes
>> 26) == 0x3c)
8204 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
8205 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
8206 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
8207 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
8208 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
8211 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
8212 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8213 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
8214 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
8216 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
8217 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
8218 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
8221 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8222 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8223 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
8224 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
8225 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
8226 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
)
8227 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_PCLO16
;
8229 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
8231 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
8232 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
8233 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
8236 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
8238 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
8239 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
8240 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
8241 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
8242 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
8243 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
8245 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
8246 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
8247 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
8248 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
8249 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
8252 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
8253 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
8254 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
8256 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
8257 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
8264 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
8265 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
8266 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
8269 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
8274 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
8275 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
8277 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
8281 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
8284 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
8286 static struct plt_entry
*
8287 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
8289 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
8291 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
8295 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8296 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8297 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8298 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
8302 /* Define the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol. We only need this
8303 for PIC code, as otherwise there is no load-time relocation involved
8304 and local GOT entries whose value is zero at static link time will
8305 retain their value at load time. */
8308 mips_elf_define_absolute_zero (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8309 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
,
8310 unsigned int r_type
)
8314 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
8315 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
8319 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->use_absolute_zero
);
8320 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_pic (info
));
8323 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, "__gnu_absolute_zero",
8324 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
8325 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &hzero
.bh
))
8328 BFD_ASSERT (hzero
.bh
!= NULL
);
8330 hzero
.eh
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
8331 hzero
.eh
->other
= STV_PROTECTED
;
8332 hzero
.eh
->def_regular
= 1;
8333 hzero
.eh
->non_elf
= 0;
8335 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (hzero
.eh
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
, r_type
))
8338 htab
->use_absolute_zero
= TRUE
;
8343 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
8344 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
8345 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
8348 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8349 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
8353 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8354 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8356 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
8357 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
8359 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8360 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8363 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8365 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8368 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8369 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8371 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8372 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8373 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
8374 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8376 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8377 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
8379 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
8381 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
8382 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
8384 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8386 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8389 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8393 /* xgettext:c-format */
8394 (_("%pB: warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8395 " stub section `%s'"),
8397 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8401 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8402 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8406 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8407 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
8408 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
8409 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8411 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8412 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8414 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8415 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8416 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8417 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8421 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8423 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8426 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8427 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8428 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8429 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
8432 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8441 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8442 not need it. Since this function is called before
8443 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8444 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8446 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8450 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8452 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
8454 unsigned long symcount
;
8458 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8459 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8461 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8462 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8463 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8466 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
8469 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8470 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8472 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8473 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8474 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8475 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8479 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8481 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8482 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8484 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8485 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8486 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8488 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8490 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8491 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8492 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8493 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8494 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8495 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
8497 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8501 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8503 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8506 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8508 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8509 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8512 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8515 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8519 /* xgettext:c-format */
8520 (_("%pB: warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8521 " stub section `%s'"),
8523 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8527 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8528 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8532 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8533 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8534 that refers to this symbol. */
8535 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8537 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8538 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8540 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8541 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8542 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8543 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8547 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8549 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8552 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8553 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8554 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8555 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
8558 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8567 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8568 not need it. Since this function is called before
8569 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8570 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8572 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8576 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8578 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
8580 unsigned long symcount
;
8584 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8585 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8587 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8588 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8589 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8592 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
8595 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8596 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8598 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8599 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8600 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8601 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8605 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8606 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8608 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8610 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8611 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
8613 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
8615 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8616 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8617 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8618 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8619 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8622 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8626 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8628 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8634 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
8636 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8637 unsigned int r_type
;
8638 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8639 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
8640 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p
;
8641 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p
;
8643 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8644 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8646 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
8648 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
8651 /* xgettext:c-format */
8652 (_("%pB: malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8654 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8659 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8662 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8663 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8664 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8668 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8669 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8670 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
8672 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8673 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8674 call_reloc_p
= FALSE
;
8676 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8677 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8678 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8679 .debug* should have no effect. */
8680 constrain_symbol_p
= ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0);
8685 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8686 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8687 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8688 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8689 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8690 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8691 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8695 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8696 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8697 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8698 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8699 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8700 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8701 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8702 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8703 /* If we have a symbol that will resolve to zero at static link
8704 time and it is used by a GOT relocation applied to code we
8705 cannot relax to an immediate zero load, then we will be using
8706 the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol whose value is zero
8707 at dynamic load time. We ignore HI16-type GOT relocations at
8708 this stage, because their handling will depend entirely on
8709 the corresponding LO16-type GOT relocation. */
8710 if (!call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8712 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
8713 && !htab
->use_absolute_zero
8714 && UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
8716 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
8718 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8721 rel_reloc
= mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
);
8722 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
8724 if (!mips_elf_nullify_got_load (abfd
, contents
, rel
, howto
,
8726 if (!mips_elf_define_absolute_zero (abfd
, info
, htab
, r_type
))
8731 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8732 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8733 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8735 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8736 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8737 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8738 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8739 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8740 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8741 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8742 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8743 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8745 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8746 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8748 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8751 /* xgettext:c-format */
8752 (_("%pB: GOT reloc at %#" PRIx64
" not expected in executables"),
8753 abfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
);
8754 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8757 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8762 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8763 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8764 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8765 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8768 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8769 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8770 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8771 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8772 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8773 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8774 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8775 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8776 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8777 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8783 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8784 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8785 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8787 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8788 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8789 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8790 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8791 against a read-only section. */
8792 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
8794 && !htab
->is_vxworks
8795 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8796 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8797 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8798 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8799 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8801 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8803 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8809 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
8810 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
8812 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
8813 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8814 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8815 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8816 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8817 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8818 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8824 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8826 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8827 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8830 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8832 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8833 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8834 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8835 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8836 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8837 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8840 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8841 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8842 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8843 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8847 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8851 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8852 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8853 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8854 relocations against the text segment. */
8855 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8858 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8859 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8860 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8861 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8863 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8864 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8865 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8866 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8867 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8868 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8869 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8870 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8871 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8872 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8877 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8878 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8879 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8884 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8885 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8889 /* xgettext:c-format */
8890 (_("%pB: CALL16 reloc at %#" PRIx64
" not against global symbol"),
8891 abfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
);
8892 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8897 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8898 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8899 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8900 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8903 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8904 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8905 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8906 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8910 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8911 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8912 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8918 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8919 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8920 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8922 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8923 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8924 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8925 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8926 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8927 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8929 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8930 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8931 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8933 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8935 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8937 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8938 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8940 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8941 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8944 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8947 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8948 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8954 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8955 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8957 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8958 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8959 && ! (bfd_link_pic (info
) && ! info
->symbolic
8960 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8964 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8965 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8968 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8969 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8970 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8975 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8976 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8977 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8978 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8979 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8982 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8983 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8984 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8985 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8987 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8993 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8994 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8995 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8996 for TLS GD relocations. */
8999 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
9005 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
9015 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
9016 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
9017 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
9018 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
9022 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
9026 if (bfd_link_pic (info
) && h
== NULL
)
9028 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
9029 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
9030 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
9031 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9032 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
9033 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
9034 relocations against the text segment. */
9035 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9039 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9041 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
9042 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
9043 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
9044 it will be left as zero.
9046 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
9047 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
9049 For an executable, we only need to copy this
9050 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
9052 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9053 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
9054 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
9055 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
9056 are relocations against the text segment. */
9057 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
9061 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
9062 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
9063 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
9067 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
9068 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
9069 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
9070 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
9071 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
9072 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
9073 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
9074 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
9075 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
9076 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
9079 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
9080 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
9081 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
9082 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
9086 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
9087 used. Record for later use during GC. */
9088 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
9089 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
9097 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
9098 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
9099 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
9100 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
9101 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
9102 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
9105 && (branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
9106 || mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
9107 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
9108 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9110 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9111 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
9112 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9115 if (branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
9116 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9118 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9121 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
9122 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
9123 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
9124 when processing the stub's relocations. */
9126 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
9127 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
9129 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
9131 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9132 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
9135 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
9136 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
9137 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
9138 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
9139 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
9140 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9144 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
9145 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
9146 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
9147 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
9148 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
9149 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
9150 /* These are okay in PIE, but not in a shared library. */
9151 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
9159 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
9160 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
9161 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
9162 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
9163 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
9164 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
9165 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9168 /* Likewise an absolute symbol. */
9169 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
))
9172 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
9173 and has a special meaning. */
9174 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
9175 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
9178 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
9179 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
9186 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
9187 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, NEWABI_P (abfd
));
9188 /* An error for unsupported relocations is raised as part
9189 of the above search, so we can skip the following. */
9191 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9192 /* xgettext:c-format */
9193 (_("%X%H: relocation %s against `%s' cannot be used"
9194 " when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC\n"),
9195 abfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
, howto
->name
,
9196 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
9207 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9210 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9212 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
9214 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9215 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9217 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9218 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9220 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9221 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9223 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
9224 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
9225 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9228 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
9229 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
9230 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9233 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
9234 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
9235 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
9236 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9237 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
9238 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
9239 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9240 || bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9242 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
9244 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9246 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols that
9247 we are not going to export. */
9248 if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9251 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
9253 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
9255 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
9262 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
9263 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
9264 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
9265 relocations against it.
9267 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
9268 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
9270 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9272 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
9273 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
9274 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
9277 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
9278 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
9279 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
9280 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
9281 against the text segment. */
9282 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9289 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
9290 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
9291 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
9292 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
9296 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9297 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9300 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9301 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9304 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9305 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9307 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9308 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9310 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
9311 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
9316 && !h
->def_regular
)));
9318 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9320 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
9321 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
9322 only do this if all references to the function are through call
9323 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
9324 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
9326 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
9327 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
9328 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9330 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9333 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9334 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9335 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9336 executable and the shared library. */
9338 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
))
9340 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
9341 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9345 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9346 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9348 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9349 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9350 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9351 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9352 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9353 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9354 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9355 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9356 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
9357 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9358 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9359 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9360 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9362 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9363 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9365 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9366 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9367 for PLT offset calculations. */
9368 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
9370 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9371 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
9373 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9374 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9375 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9376 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9377 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
9378 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->root
.splt
, 5))
9381 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9382 for the same reason as above. */
9383 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->root
.sgotplt
,
9384 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
9387 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9389 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9391 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
9392 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9394 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9395 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9396 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9397 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9399 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9400 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9401 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9402 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
9403 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9404 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9405 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
9407 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9408 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9409 else if (!micromips_p
)
9411 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9412 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9413 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9414 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9416 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9418 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9419 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9420 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9421 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9425 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9426 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9427 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9428 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9432 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9433 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
9434 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9437 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9438 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9440 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9441 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9442 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9443 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9448 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
9450 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9451 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
9454 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9455 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9456 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9457 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9458 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9459 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9460 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9463 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9465 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9468 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
9470 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
9471 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
9473 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9475 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
9476 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
9479 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9480 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
9482 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9483 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9484 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && !h
->def_regular
)
9485 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
9487 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9488 htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
9489 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
9490 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
9492 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9493 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9494 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9496 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9497 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9498 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9503 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9504 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9505 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9506 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
9508 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
9509 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
9510 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9511 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9515 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9516 in regular objects. */
9520 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9521 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9522 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
9525 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9526 some that we can't convert. */
9527 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
9529 _bfd_error_handler (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9530 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9531 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9532 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9536 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9537 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9538 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9539 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9540 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9541 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9542 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9543 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9544 same memory location for the variable. */
9546 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
9548 s
= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
;
9549 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
9553 s
= htab
->root
.sdynbss
;
9554 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
9556 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9558 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9559 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9561 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9565 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9566 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9567 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9569 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
9572 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9573 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9574 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9577 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9578 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9581 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9582 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9584 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9585 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9587 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9588 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9591 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9592 sect
->flags
|= SEC_FIXED_SIZE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9595 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9596 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9599 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
,
9600 sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
9601 sect
->flags
|= SEC_FIXED_SIZE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9605 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9607 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9608 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9615 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9618 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9622 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9623 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9624 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9626 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9627 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9629 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9630 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9632 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
9636 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9639 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9640 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9641 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== 0);
9642 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9643 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9645 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9646 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9647 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9649 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9650 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9651 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9653 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9656 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9657 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9659 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9661 asection
*subsection
;
9663 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9665 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9667 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9669 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9670 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9674 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9675 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9676 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9677 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9680 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9681 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9682 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9684 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9686 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9687 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9689 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9690 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
9692 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9693 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9694 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9696 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9697 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9699 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9701 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9706 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9707 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9708 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9709 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9710 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9711 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9713 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9714 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9717 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9718 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9721 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9722 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9724 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9725 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9726 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9728 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9730 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9736 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9739 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9741 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9742 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9744 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9745 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9747 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9750 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9751 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9752 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9754 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9755 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9756 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9758 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9759 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9761 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9762 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9763 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9764 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9765 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9766 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9767 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9768 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9769 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9770 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9771 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9772 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9773 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9775 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9776 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9777 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9779 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9782 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9783 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9784 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9787 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9789 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9790 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9791 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9795 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9796 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9797 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9799 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9801 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9802 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9803 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9805 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9806 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9807 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9808 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9813 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9814 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9815 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9816 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9817 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9822 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9823 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9826 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9828 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9829 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9830 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9831 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9832 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9833 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9834 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9837 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9838 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9840 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9843 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9845 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9847 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9850 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9851 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9852 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9854 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9855 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9856 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9859 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9866 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9867 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9868 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9869 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9872 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9874 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9875 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9876 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9881 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9882 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9884 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9886 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9887 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9888 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9890 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9891 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9894 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9900 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9901 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9904 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9905 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9907 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9910 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->root
.splt
;
9911 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9912 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9918 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9921 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9922 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9925 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9926 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9927 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9929 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9930 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9931 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9932 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9934 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9936 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9937 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9939 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9940 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9942 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9944 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9947 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9948 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9949 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9950 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9951 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9952 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9954 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9955 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9957 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9958 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9959 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9961 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9962 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9963 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9964 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9965 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9968 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9969 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9970 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
->size
== 0);
9972 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9973 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9974 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9975 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9976 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9977 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9978 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9979 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9980 else if (!micromips_p
)
9981 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9982 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9983 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9985 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9987 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9988 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9989 htab
->root
.splt
->size
= (size
9990 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9991 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9992 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9993 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9995 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9997 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9999 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->root
.splt
,
10000 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
10001 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
10006 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
10007 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
10009 h
->type
= STT_FUNC
;
10013 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
10014 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
10016 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
10018 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
10021 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
10023 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
10024 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
10025 memory for them. */
10027 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10031 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
10032 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
10033 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
10035 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
10038 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
10042 const char *outname
;
10045 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
10046 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
10047 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
10048 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
10049 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
10051 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
10052 s
->output_section
);
10053 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
10054 if ((target
!= NULL
10055 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
10056 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
10057 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
10060 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
10061 to copy relocs into the output file. */
10062 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
10063 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10065 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
10066 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
10067 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
10068 will move them around between input sections'
10069 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
10070 broken, so don't let it run. */
10071 info
->combreloc
= 0;
10074 else if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
10075 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
10076 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
10078 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
10079 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
10080 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
10082 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
10083 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
10084 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
10085 else if (s
== htab
->root
.splt
)
10087 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
10088 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
10089 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
10090 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
10091 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
10094 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
10095 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgot
10096 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgotplt
10097 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
10098 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynbss
10099 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
)
10101 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
10107 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10111 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10114 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
10115 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
10116 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10118 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
10123 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10125 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
10126 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
10127 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
10128 the .dynamic section. */
10130 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
10131 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
10132 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
10133 may only look at the first one they see. */
10134 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
10135 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
10138 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
10139 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
, 0))
10142 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
10143 used by the debugger. */
10144 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
10145 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
10146 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
10149 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
10150 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
10152 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
10154 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
10157 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
10158 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
10159 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
10160 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
10161 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
10164 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
10167 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10168 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
10170 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
10171 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
10172 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
10174 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
10177 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
10180 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
10186 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0
10187 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sreldyn
->output_section
))
10189 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
10192 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
10195 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
10199 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
10202 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
10205 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
10208 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
10211 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
10214 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
10217 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
10220 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
10221 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_XHASH
, 0))
10224 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
10225 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
10228 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
10229 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
10230 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
10231 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
10234 if (htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
10236 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
10239 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
10242 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
10245 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
10248 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10249 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
10256 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
10257 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
10258 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
10259 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
10262 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10263 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10264 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
10266 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
10267 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
10270 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10272 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10273 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10274 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
10275 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
10277 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
10278 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
10281 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10282 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
10284 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
10285 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10287 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10288 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
10291 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
10292 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10293 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
10297 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
10298 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
10299 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
10300 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
10301 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
10302 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
10303 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
10304 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
10305 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
10306 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
10307 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
10309 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
10310 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
10311 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
10314 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10315 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10316 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10317 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
10318 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
10319 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
10320 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
10321 bfd_byte
*contents
)
10323 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10324 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10325 unsigned int r_type
;
10328 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
10330 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
10331 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
10333 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10339 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
10340 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
10341 howto
, i
, contents
);
10346 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
10349 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10350 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10351 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
10352 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10353 asection
**local_sections
)
10355 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
10356 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
10357 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10358 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10360 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
10361 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
10365 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10366 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
10367 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10369 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
10370 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10372 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10374 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10375 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10376 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
10378 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
10379 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10381 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10382 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10384 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10385 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10386 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10388 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10393 unsigned long extsymoff
;
10396 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10397 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10398 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10399 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10400 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10401 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10404 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10405 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10406 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10409 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10411 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10412 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
10413 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
10417 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
10419 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10420 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10421 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10422 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10423 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10424 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10425 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
10427 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10429 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10430 rel
->r_offset
+= 4;
10433 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
10435 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10436 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10437 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10438 RELA relocation. */
10439 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10442 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
10443 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
10445 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10446 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10447 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
10450 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
10451 contents
, &addend
))
10454 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10456 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10457 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
10460 /* xgettext:c-format */
10461 (_("%pB: can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s'"
10462 " for %s at %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"),
10464 howto
->name
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
, input_section
);
10468 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
10471 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
10472 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10473 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
10476 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10478 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
10479 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10480 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10482 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
10484 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
10485 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
10486 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
10487 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
10488 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
10489 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
10490 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
10492 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
10494 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10495 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10496 source of the addend in the final link. */
10497 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
10499 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10500 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10501 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10502 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10503 but for endianness. */
10509 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10511 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10518 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10519 do two separate stores. */
10520 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10522 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10524 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10525 high_bits
= addend
;
10530 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10532 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10533 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10534 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10535 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10539 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
10540 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10545 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10549 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10550 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10551 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10553 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
10554 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
10555 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
10556 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
10558 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10560 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10561 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
10562 input_section
, contents
,
10563 info
, rel
, addend
, howto
,
10564 local_syms
, local_sections
,
10565 &value
, &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
10566 use_saved_addend_p
))
10568 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
10569 /* There's nothing to do. */
10572 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10573 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10574 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10575 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10576 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10579 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
10580 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10581 info
->callbacks
->warning
10582 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10585 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10586 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10587 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10588 a given location. */
10592 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10594 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10595 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10596 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10597 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10598 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10599 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10601 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10602 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10604 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10605 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10607 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10608 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10609 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10616 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10618 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10619 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10620 ? _("cannot convert a jump to JALX "
10621 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10622 : (howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_26
10623 ? _("jump to a non-word-aligned address")
10624 : _("jump to a non-instruction-aligned address")));
10625 else if (b_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10626 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10627 ? _("cannot convert a branch to JALX "
10628 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10629 : _("branch to a non-instruction-aligned address"));
10630 else if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10631 msg
= _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10634 info
->callbacks
->einfo
10635 ("%X%H: %s\n", input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, msg
);
10638 /* Fall through. */
10645 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10646 until we reach the last one. */
10647 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10653 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10654 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10655 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10656 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10657 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10658 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10659 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10660 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10666 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10668 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10675 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10676 do two separate stores. */
10677 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10679 /* Undo what we did above. */
10680 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10681 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10683 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10689 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10691 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10692 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10693 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10694 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10698 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10699 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10700 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10701 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10708 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10709 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10712 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10714 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10715 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10716 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10719 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10721 bfd_signed_vma pcrel_offset
= 0;
10723 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10724 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10725 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10726 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10728 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10729 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10733 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10742 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10743 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10745 /* We add 8 here to account for the LUI/ADDIU instructions
10746 before the branch instruction. This cannot be moved down to
10747 where pcrel_offset is calculated as 's' is updated in
10748 mips_elf_get_la25_target. */
10749 branch_pc
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
+ offset
+ 8;
10751 /* Work out the target address. */
10752 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10753 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10755 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10756 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10758 /* Calculate the PC of the compact branch instruction (for the case where
10759 compact branches are used for either microMIPSR6 or MIPSR6 with
10760 compact branches. Add 4-bytes to account for BC using the PC of the
10761 next instruction as the base. */
10762 pcrel_offset
= target
- (branch_pc
+ 4);
10764 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10766 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10767 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10768 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10770 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10772 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10773 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10775 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10776 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10781 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10782 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10787 /* This is trampoline. */
10789 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10791 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10792 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10793 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10794 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10795 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10796 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10797 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10801 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10802 if (MIPSR6_P (hti
->output_bfd
) && htab
->compact_branches
)
10804 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10805 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_BC (pcrel_offset
), loc
+ 8);
10809 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10810 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10812 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10818 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10819 adjust it appropriately now. */
10822 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10823 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10825 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10826 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10827 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10830 "__dso_displacement",
10832 "__program_header_table",
10836 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10844 const char* const *p
;
10847 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10848 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10851 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10853 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10855 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10856 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10858 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10860 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10862 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10868 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10869 dynamic sections here. */
10872 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10873 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10874 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10875 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10879 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10882 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10883 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10885 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10886 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10887 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10888 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10890 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
10892 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10893 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10894 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10896 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10898 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10899 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10903 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10905 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10906 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10907 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
10908 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10909 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10911 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10912 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10913 header_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10914 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10916 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10917 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10918 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
10919 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10921 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10922 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10924 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt entry's address
10925 cannot be loaded in two instructions. */
10926 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
10927 && ((got_address
+ 0x80008000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff) != 0)
10930 /* xgettext:c-format */
10931 (_("%pB: `%pA' entry VMA of %#" PRIx64
" outside the 32-bit range "
10932 "supported; consider using `-Ttext-segment=...'"),
10934 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
10935 (int64_t) got_address
);
10936 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10940 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10941 loc
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
10942 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10943 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10944 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10946 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10948 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10949 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10950 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10952 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10953 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10955 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10957 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
10959 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10960 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10962 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10963 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10965 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10967 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
))
10968 plt_entry
= htab
->compact_branches
? mipsr6_exec_plt_entry_compact
10969 : mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
;
10971 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10972 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10973 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10976 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
10977 || (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
) && htab
->compact_branches
))
10979 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10980 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10984 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10985 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10990 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10991 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10993 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10995 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10996 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10998 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
11000 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11001 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11003 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
11004 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
11006 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
11008 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11009 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
11010 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11011 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
11012 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11013 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
11014 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
11016 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11018 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
11020 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11021 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
11022 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11023 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
11024 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11025 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
11026 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
11027 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
11031 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
11032 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
11033 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11035 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
11037 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11038 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
11039 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11041 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11042 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11045 /* xgettext:c-format */
11046 (_("%pB: `%pA' offset of %" PRId64
" from `%pA' "
11047 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11049 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11050 (int64_t) gotpc_offset
,
11051 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
);
11052 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11055 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11056 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11057 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11058 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11059 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
11060 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11061 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
11065 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11066 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->root
.srelplt
,
11067 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
11068 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
11070 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
11071 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
11072 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
11073 binary where pointer equality matters. */
11074 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11075 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
11076 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
11084 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
11086 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
11087 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
11088 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
11089 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
11090 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
11091 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
11092 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
11095 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
11096 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11097 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
11099 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
11101 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
11103 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11105 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
11107 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
11108 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
11110 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
11113 /* Fill the stub. */
11117 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
11122 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11123 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
11128 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
11131 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
11133 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
11135 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11136 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
11142 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
11148 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
11152 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
11153 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
11154 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
11155 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11156 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
11158 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
11159 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11160 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
11163 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
11164 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
11171 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
11173 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE
, stub
+ idx
);
11175 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
11177 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
11182 if (!(MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
) && htab
->compact_branches
))
11184 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
11188 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
11189 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
11190 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
11191 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
11193 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
11194 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
11197 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
11201 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
) && htab
->compact_branches
)
11202 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALRC
, stub
+ idx
);
11205 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
11206 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
11209 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
11210 only for the referenced symbol. */
11211 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11213 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
11214 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
11215 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
11216 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
11217 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
11218 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
11220 sym
->st_other
= other
;
11223 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
11224 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
11226 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
11228 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
11229 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
11230 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
11231 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
11232 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
11235 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
11236 || h
->forced_local
);
11238 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11239 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11240 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11242 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
11243 the symbols that need them. */
11244 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11249 value
= sym
->st_value
;
11250 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11251 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11254 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
11256 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
11262 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
11265 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
11267 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11270 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
11273 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
11274 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
11275 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
11276 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
11278 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
11279 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
11281 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
11282 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
11283 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
11284 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
11285 appropriate addend. */
11286 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11288 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11289 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11290 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
11292 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
11293 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
11296 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11297 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
11298 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
11302 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
11303 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11308 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
11309 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
11310 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
11311 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
11312 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11313 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
11314 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
11316 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11317 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11320 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11322 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
11323 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
11325 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11326 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11328 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11330 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
11332 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11333 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11334 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
11335 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11337 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
11339 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
11340 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
11341 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
11342 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11346 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11352 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11353 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11355 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11356 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11357 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11358 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11359 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
11360 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
11363 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
11364 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
11365 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
11367 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
11368 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
11369 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
11371 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11372 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
11374 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
11376 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11377 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
11383 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
11386 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11387 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11388 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11389 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11393 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
11394 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11395 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
11397 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11398 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11399 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11400 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11402 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
11405 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
11406 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11407 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11408 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
11409 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
11411 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
11412 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
11414 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11415 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
11416 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
11417 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
11419 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11420 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11421 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
11424 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11425 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11426 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
11427 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11429 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11430 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11431 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
11433 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11434 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11435 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11437 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11438 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
11439 (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
11440 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
11442 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11443 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11445 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11447 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
11448 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11449 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11453 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
11455 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
11456 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11457 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
11459 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11460 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11461 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
11462 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
11463 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11464 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11465 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11466 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11468 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
11469 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11471 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11472 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11473 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11474 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
11475 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11477 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11478 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11479 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
11480 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11481 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
11482 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11484 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11485 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11487 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11488 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11491 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11492 loc
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->contents
11493 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11494 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11495 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
11497 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11499 if (!h
->def_regular
)
11500 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11503 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
11505 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11506 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11507 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11509 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11510 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11513 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
11517 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11518 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11519 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11521 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11522 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11523 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11524 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
11525 + sgot
->output_offset
11527 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11528 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
11529 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
11532 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11535 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11539 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11541 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11542 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11543 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11544 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
11546 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->root
.sdynrelro
)
11547 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
11549 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
11550 loc
= srel
->contents
+ srel
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11551 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11552 ++srel
->reloc_count
;
11555 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11556 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
11557 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
11562 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11565 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11568 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
11569 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11570 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11572 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11573 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11575 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11576 plt_entry
= (htab
->compact_branches
11577 ? mipsr6_n64_exec_plt0_entry_compact
11578 : mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
11579 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
11580 plt_entry
= (htab
->compact_branches
11581 ? mipsr6_n32_exec_plt0_entry_compact
11582 : mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
11583 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
11584 plt_entry
= (htab
->compact_branches
11585 ? mipsr6_o32_exec_plt0_entry_compact
11586 : mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
11587 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11588 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11590 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11592 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11593 gotplt_value
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11594 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
);
11595 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11596 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
11598 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11599 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11600 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11601 && ((gotplt_value
+ 0x80008000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff) != 0)
11604 /* xgettext:c-format */
11605 (_("%pB: `%pA' start VMA of %#" PRIx64
" outside the 32-bit range "
11606 "supported; consider using `-Ttext-segment=...'"),
11608 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11609 (int64_t) gotplt_value
);
11610 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11614 /* Install the PLT header. */
11615 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11616 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11618 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
11619 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11622 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
11624 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11625 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11626 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11628 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11629 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11632 /* xgettext:c-format */
11633 (_("%pB: `%pA' offset of %" PRId64
" from `%pA' "
11634 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11636 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11637 (int64_t) gotpc_offset
,
11638 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
);
11639 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11642 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11643 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11644 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11645 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11646 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11648 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11652 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11653 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
11654 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11655 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
11656 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11657 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
11658 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11659 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11663 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
11664 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11665 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
11666 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11667 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11668 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11669 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11670 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11676 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11677 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11680 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11682 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11684 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11685 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11686 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11688 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11689 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11691 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11693 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11694 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11695 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11696 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11698 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11699 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11701 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11702 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11703 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11705 /* Install the PLT header. */
11706 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11707 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11708 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11709 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11710 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11711 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11712 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11714 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11715 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11716 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11717 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11719 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11720 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11722 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11723 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11724 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11725 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11726 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11727 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11729 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11730 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11731 in which symbols were output. */
11732 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11734 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11736 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11737 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11738 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11739 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11741 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11742 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11743 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11744 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11746 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11747 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11748 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11749 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11753 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11756 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11759 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11761 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11762 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11764 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11765 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11766 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11767 htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11770 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11773 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11774 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11779 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11780 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11782 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11783 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11785 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11787 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11789 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11790 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11792 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11795 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11797 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11798 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11800 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11801 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11803 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11804 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11805 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11807 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11811 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11813 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11814 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11816 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11822 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11826 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11827 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11831 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11833 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11837 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11838 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11841 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11842 s
= htab
->root
.sgotplt
;
11843 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11846 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11847 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11850 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11851 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11854 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11858 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11862 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11864 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11867 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11869 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11872 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11873 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11874 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11875 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11878 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11879 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11882 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11883 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11884 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11885 referenced within the same object. */
11886 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11889 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11890 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11892 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11895 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11896 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11897 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO. */
11898 /* Fall through. */
11900 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11902 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11903 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
11906 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11908 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11911 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11912 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11915 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11917 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11918 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11921 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11922 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11925 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11927 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP tag stores the absolute address of the
11929 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11930 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11934 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
11936 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11937 bfd_vma dt_addr
, rld_addr
;
11938 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11941 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11942 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11945 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11947 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL tag stores the offset to the debug
11948 pointer, relative to the address of the tag. */
11949 dt_addr
= (sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
11950 + (b
- sdyn
->contents
));
11951 rld_addr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11952 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11953 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= rld_addr
- dt_addr
;
11957 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11958 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11959 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11960 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11964 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11965 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11966 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11968 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11972 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11973 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
;
11977 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11978 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11979 + htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_offset
);
11983 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11984 the dynamic tag. */
11985 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11987 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11988 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11993 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11994 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11995 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11996 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11998 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
12001 case DT_MIPS_XHASH
:
12002 name
= ".MIPS.xhash";
12003 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
12004 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
12008 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
12009 if (htab
->is_vxworks
12010 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
12015 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
12016 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
12017 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
12021 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
12026 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
12027 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
12028 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
12031 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
12032 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
12034 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
12036 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
12037 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
12038 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
12039 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
12040 to the lazy resolution stub. */
12041 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
12042 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
12044 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
12045 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12046 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
12048 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12052 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
12053 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
12054 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
12055 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
12056 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
12057 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12060 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
12061 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
12064 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
12065 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
12067 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
12068 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
12070 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
12071 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
12073 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
12075 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
12076 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
12078 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
12079 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12080 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
12082 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
12084 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
12087 for (; got_index
< g
->local_gotno
; got_index
++)
12089 if (got_index
>= g
->assigned_low_gotno
12090 && got_index
<= g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
12093 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
12094 = got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
12095 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
12096 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
12097 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
12098 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
12100 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
12105 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
12106 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
12109 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
12112 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
12114 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
12116 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
12117 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
12118 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
12120 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12123 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
12124 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
12126 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
12132 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
12133 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
12134 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
12135 are trailing null entries. */
12136 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
12137 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
12138 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
12139 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
12140 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
12141 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
12142 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
12143 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
));
12144 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
12149 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
12154 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
12161 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
12163 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
12165 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
12166 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
12170 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
12172 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
12173 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
12176 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
12177 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
12180 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
12181 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
12183 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
12185 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
12186 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
12187 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
12188 htab
->function_stub_size
);
12193 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
12194 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
12195 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
12196 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
12197 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
12199 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
12201 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
12203 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
12205 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
12206 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
12207 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
12208 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
12210 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
12211 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
12212 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
12217 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
12219 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
12221 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
12222 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
12224 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
12228 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_link_pic (info
));
12229 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
12237 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
12240 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
12244 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
12247 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
) || ABI_64_P (abfd
))
12248 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
12250 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
12253 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
12254 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
12257 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
12258 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
12261 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
12262 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
12265 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
12266 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
12269 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
12270 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
12271 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
12272 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
12273 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
12276 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
12277 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
12280 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
12281 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
12284 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
12285 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
12288 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
12289 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
12292 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
12293 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
12296 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
12297 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
12300 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
12301 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
12304 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
12305 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
12308 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
12309 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
12310 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
12311 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
12312 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
12313 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
12314 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
12315 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
12318 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
12319 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
12322 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
12323 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
12326 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
12327 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
12330 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
12331 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
12334 case bfd_mach_mips_gs464
:
12335 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_GS464
;
12338 case bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
:
12339 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_GS464E
;
12342 case bfd_mach_mips_gs264e
:
12343 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_GS264E
;
12346 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
12347 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
12348 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
12351 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
12352 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
;
12355 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
12356 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
12359 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
12360 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
12363 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
12364 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
12367 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
12368 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
12371 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
12372 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
:
12373 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5
:
12374 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
12377 case bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
:
12378 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_IAMR2
;
12381 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
12382 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3
:
12383 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5
:
12384 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
12387 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
:
12388 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
;
12391 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
:
12392 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
;
12395 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
12396 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
12401 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
12402 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
12403 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
12404 relocs to be sorted. */
12407 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection
*sec
)
12409 return (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0;
12413 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
12414 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
12415 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
12418 _bfd_mips_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12421 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
12425 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
12426 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
12427 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
12428 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
12429 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
12431 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
12432 info for each special section. */
12433 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
12434 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
12437 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
12439 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
12440 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
12441 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
12443 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12446 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
12447 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12448 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12449 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12450 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
12451 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
12452 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12453 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12456 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
12457 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12458 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12459 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12460 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
12461 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12462 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
12463 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12464 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12467 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
12468 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12470 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12471 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
12473 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12476 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
12477 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12478 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12479 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
12480 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
12481 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12482 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12485 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12486 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12488 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12490 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12491 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12494 case SHT_MIPS_XHASH
:
12495 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12497 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12503 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12505 _bfd_mips_final_write_processing (abfd
);
12506 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
);
12509 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12513 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
12514 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12519 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12520 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12521 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
12524 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12525 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12528 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12529 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
12530 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12531 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
12534 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12535 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
12536 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
12537 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
12540 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12541 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12542 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12543 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12549 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12552 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
12553 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12556 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
12559 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12561 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12562 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12564 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12565 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
12570 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12574 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
12576 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12578 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12579 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12581 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12582 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12590 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12592 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12593 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12595 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12596 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
12601 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12605 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
12607 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12609 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12610 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12612 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12613 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12621 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12622 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12623 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12625 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
12626 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12627 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12628 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12630 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
12632 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
12633 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12638 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
12640 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12642 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12643 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12646 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12648 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
12649 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12650 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
12651 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
12652 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
12653 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
12654 options_segment
->count
= 1;
12655 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
12656 *pm
= options_segment
;
12662 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
12664 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12665 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12666 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
12667 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
12668 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
12670 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12671 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
12676 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12680 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
12682 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12687 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
12692 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12695 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12696 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12697 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
12707 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12708 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12710 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
12712 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
12715 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12716 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12717 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12718 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12719 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12720 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12721 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12722 PT_LOAD segment. */
12723 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12726 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
12728 static const char *sec_names
[] =
12730 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12734 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
12736 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
12738 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
12740 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
12741 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12748 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
12749 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
12754 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12755 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12757 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12760 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
12761 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12768 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12770 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12772 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12774 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
12783 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12784 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12786 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12787 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12788 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12789 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12790 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12792 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12793 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12794 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12795 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12796 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12799 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12800 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12802 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12803 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12805 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12806 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12810 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12814 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12822 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12826 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12827 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12828 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12829 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12830 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12832 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12835 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12837 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12838 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12842 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12845 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12848 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12849 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12853 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12855 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12859 if (! is_mips_elf (sub
))
12862 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12864 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12865 (bfd_get_section_name (sub
, o
)))
12867 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12875 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12876 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12877 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12878 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12881 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12882 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12883 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12885 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12887 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12889 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12890 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12891 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12892 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12893 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12894 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12896 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12899 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12900 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12901 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12902 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12903 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12904 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12906 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12907 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12909 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12911 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12912 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12914 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12916 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12917 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12919 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12921 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12922 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12924 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12925 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12926 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12927 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12928 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12929 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12932 /* Take care of the special `__gnu_absolute_zero' symbol and ignore attempts
12933 to hide it. It has to remain global (it will also be protected) so as to
12934 be assigned a global GOT entry, which will then remain unchanged at load
12938 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12939 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
12940 bfd_boolean force_local
)
12942 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12944 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
12945 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
12946 if (htab
->use_absolute_zero
12947 && strcmp (entry
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_absolute_zero") == 0)
12950 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, entry
, force_local
);
12953 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12956 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12957 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12960 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12961 unsigned char *tdata
;
12964 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12969 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12971 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12972 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12975 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12979 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12980 info
->keep_memory
);
12987 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12988 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12990 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12992 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
13001 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
13002 if (o
->rawsize
== 0)
13003 o
->rawsize
= o
->size
;
13004 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
13010 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
13011 free (cookie
->rels
);
13017 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
13019 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
13025 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
13026 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13027 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
13029 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
13032 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
13035 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
13039 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
13040 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
13042 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
13044 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
13047 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
13050 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
13051 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
13055 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
13056 from output by default for clarity. */
13059 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
13061 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
13064 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
13065 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
13067 struct mips_elf_find_line
13069 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
13070 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
13074 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
,
13075 asection
*section
, bfd_vma offset
,
13076 const char **filename_ptr
,
13077 const char **functionname_ptr
,
13078 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
13079 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
13083 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
13084 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
13085 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
13086 dwarf_debug_sections
,
13087 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
13088 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
13089 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
13090 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
13093 /* PR 22789: If the function name or filename was not found through
13094 the debug information, then try an ordinary lookup instead. */
13095 if ((functionname_ptr
!= NULL
&& *functionname_ptr
== NULL
)
13096 || (filename_ptr
!= NULL
&& *filename_ptr
== NULL
))
13098 /* Do not override already discovered names. */
13099 if (functionname_ptr
!= NULL
&& *functionname_ptr
!= NULL
)
13100 functionname_ptr
= NULL
;
13102 if (filename_ptr
!= NULL
&& *filename_ptr
!= NULL
)
13103 filename_ptr
= NULL
;
13105 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
13106 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
);
13112 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
13115 flagword origflags
;
13116 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
13117 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
13118 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
13120 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
13121 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
13122 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
13123 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
13124 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
13125 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
13127 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
13130 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
13133 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
13134 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
13136 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
13139 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13143 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
13145 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13149 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
13150 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
13151 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
13152 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
13154 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13157 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
13158 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
13159 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
13160 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
13161 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
13162 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
13163 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
13165 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
13167 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
13168 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
13169 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
13170 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
13171 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
13172 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
13175 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
13176 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
13179 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13183 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
13186 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
13188 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
13189 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
13190 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
);
13194 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
13195 const char **filename_ptr
,
13196 const char **functionname_ptr
,
13197 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
13200 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
13201 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
13202 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
13207 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
13208 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
13209 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
13212 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
13213 const void *location
,
13214 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
13216 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
13220 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
13222 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
13223 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
13224 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
13227 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
13230 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
13233 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
13236 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
13239 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
13243 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
13244 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
13247 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
13249 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13250 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
13252 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
13255 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
13256 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
13257 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13260 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
13261 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
13264 if (reloc_size
< 0)
13267 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
13268 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
13271 /* read in the section */
13272 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
13273 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
13276 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
13280 if (reloc_count
< 0)
13283 if (reloc_count
> 0)
13288 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
13291 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
13292 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
13293 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
13294 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
13295 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
13299 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
13300 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
13307 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
13308 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
13309 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
13312 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
13313 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
13315 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
13317 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
13318 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
13320 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
13322 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
13331 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
13333 char *error_message
= NULL
;
13334 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
13336 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
13337 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
13338 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
13340 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
13341 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
13342 to the generic handling. */
13344 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
13345 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
13346 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
13347 input_section
, relocatable
,
13350 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
13352 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
13357 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
13359 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
13360 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
13364 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
13368 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
13369 (*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
13370 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13371 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
);
13373 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
13374 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
13375 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
13376 (link_info
, error_message
,
13377 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13379 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
13380 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
13382 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13383 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
13384 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13386 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
13395 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
13396 free (reloc_vector
);
13400 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
13401 free (reloc_vector
);
13406 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
13407 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
13409 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13410 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
13411 bfd_byte
*contents
;
13412 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13413 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13414 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
13415 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
13416 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
13417 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
13418 unsigned int symcount
;
13420 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
13421 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13423 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
13424 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13426 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
13427 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
13428 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
13429 sec
->size
-= count
;
13431 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
13432 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13434 /* Get the new reloc address. */
13435 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
13436 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
13439 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
13440 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
13442 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
13443 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13444 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13445 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
13446 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
13447 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
13449 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
13450 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
13451 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
13452 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13453 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
13455 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
13457 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
13459 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13460 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13461 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
13463 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13465 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
13466 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
13468 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
13476 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13477 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13479 struct opcode_descriptor
{
13480 unsigned long match
;
13481 unsigned long mask
;
13484 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13488 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13490 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13491 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13493 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13495 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13496 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13499 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13501 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
13502 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13503 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13504 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13507 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
13508 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13510 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
13511 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13513 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
13514 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13516 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
13517 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13519 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
13520 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13522 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
13523 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13526 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13528 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13529 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13530 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13532 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13534 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
13535 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13536 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13537 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13540 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
13541 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13542 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13543 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13546 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
13547 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13548 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13549 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13552 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
13553 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13554 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13555 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13558 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13560 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0xf) + 2)
13561 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 7) << 7)
13564 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13566 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
13567 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13569 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
13570 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13572 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
13573 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13575 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
13576 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13578 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
13579 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13581 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13583 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
13584 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13586 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13587 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13589 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13590 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13591 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13592 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13595 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13597 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
13598 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13600 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13601 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13602 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13606 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13608 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
13609 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13611 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
13612 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13614 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
13615 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13617 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13619 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13621 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
13622 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13624 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13625 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13626 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13627 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13631 /* LUI instruction. */
13633 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
13634 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13637 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13639 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
13640 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13642 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
13643 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13645 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13646 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13649 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13651 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13652 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13653 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13654 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13656 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13657 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13659 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
13660 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13661 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13662 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13665 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
13666 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13669 /* NOP instructions. */
13671 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
13672 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13674 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
13675 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13678 /* Instruction match support. */
13680 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13683 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
13685 unsigned long indx
;
13687 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
13688 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
13695 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13697 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13698 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13699 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13700 the second half of another instruction. */
13703 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13705 unsigned long opcode
;
13708 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13709 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
13710 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13712 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
13713 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
13714 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13717 /* No delay slot. */
13723 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13724 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13725 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13726 the second half of another instruction. */
13729 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13731 unsigned long opcode
;
13734 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13735 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
13736 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13738 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
13739 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13742 /* No delay slot. */
13748 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13749 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13752 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13754 unsigned long opcode
;
13756 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13757 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
13759 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
13761 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
13762 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13763 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
13765 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
13771 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13772 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13775 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13777 unsigned long opcode
;
13779 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13780 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
13782 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
13783 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13784 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
13786 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
13787 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13788 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
13789 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13790 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
13791 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13792 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13793 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13799 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13800 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13801 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13804 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13805 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13806 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13808 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13809 unsigned long opcode
;
13811 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13812 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13815 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13816 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13817 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13823 /* Bitsize checking. */
13824 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13825 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13826 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13830 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13831 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13832 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13834 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13835 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13836 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13837 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13838 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13839 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13841 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13844 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13845 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13848 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
13849 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13850 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13851 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13854 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13856 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13857 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13858 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13859 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13860 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13863 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13864 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13865 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13867 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13868 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13869 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13870 unsigned long opcode
;
13876 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13877 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13881 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13883 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13884 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13885 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13888 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13889 if (contents
== NULL
)
13891 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13892 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13893 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13894 /* Go get them off disk. */
13895 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13898 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13900 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13901 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13903 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13904 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13905 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13906 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13908 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13912 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13913 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13915 /* A local symbol. */
13916 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13919 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13920 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13921 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13922 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13923 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13924 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13925 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13927 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13928 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13929 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13930 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13931 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13935 unsigned long indx
;
13936 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13938 /* An external symbol. */
13939 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13940 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13941 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13943 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13944 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13945 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13946 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13947 regular reloc processing. */
13950 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13951 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13952 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13953 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13954 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13958 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13959 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13960 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13961 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13962 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13963 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13964 the linker is run. */
13966 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13967 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13970 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13972 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13973 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13975 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13978 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13979 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13980 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13982 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13984 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13985 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13986 out the offset). */
13987 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13989 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13990 unsigned long nextopc
;
13994 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13996 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13997 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13998 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
14001 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
14002 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
14003 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
14004 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
14007 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
14008 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
14009 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
14010 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
14013 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
14014 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
14015 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
14016 it through if so. */
14017 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
14018 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
14019 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
14020 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
14021 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
14022 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
14024 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
14026 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
14029 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
14031 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
14032 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
14033 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
14034 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
14035 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
14036 switch (offset
- 4)
14041 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
14045 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
14052 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
14054 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
14056 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
14059 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
14060 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
14061 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
14063 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
14064 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
14066 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14067 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
14069 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
14070 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
14071 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
14072 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
14073 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
14074 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
14077 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
14078 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
14079 the PC-relative distance. */
14080 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
14081 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
14082 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
14083 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
14084 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
14086 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14087 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
14089 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
14090 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
14091 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
14093 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
14094 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
14097 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
14101 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14102 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
14104 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
14109 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
14110 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
14111 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
14112 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
14113 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
14114 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
14115 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
14116 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
14118 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
14119 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
14120 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
14121 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
14123 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
14127 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
14129 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
14130 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
14131 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
14132 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
14134 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
14136 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
14137 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
14141 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
14142 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
14144 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
14145 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
14146 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
14148 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14149 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
14151 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
14154 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
14157 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
14162 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
14163 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
14165 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
14166 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
14167 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
14168 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
14169 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
14170 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
14174 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
14176 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
14177 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
14179 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
14181 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
14182 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
14183 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
14186 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
14191 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
14193 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
14194 && target_is_micromips_code_p
14195 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
14196 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
14198 unsigned long n32opc
;
14199 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
14201 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
14203 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
14205 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
14206 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
14210 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
14212 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
14214 (move_insn_16
.match
14215 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
14216 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
14221 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
14222 instructions will be handled here later. */
14226 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
14227 with 16-bit delay slot. */
14228 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
14230 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
14238 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
14239 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
14240 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
14241 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
14243 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
14244 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
14245 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
14248 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
14249 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
14254 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
14255 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
14257 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
14261 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14262 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
14266 if (contents
!= NULL
14267 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
14269 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
14273 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14274 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
14278 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
14279 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14280 free (internal_relocs
);
14285 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
14286 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
14288 if (contents
!= NULL
14289 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
14291 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
14292 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14293 free (internal_relocs
);
14298 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
14300 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
14301 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
14303 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
14304 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
14306 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
14310 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
14311 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
14312 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
14318 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
14319 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
14321 return &ret
->root
.root
;
14324 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
14326 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
14327 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
14329 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
14331 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
14334 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14336 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
14337 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
14338 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
14343 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
14344 and copy relocs. */
14347 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14349 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
14352 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
14353 32-bit microMIPS instructions, and between making or ignoring
14354 branch relocation checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes.
14355 Also record whether we have been configured for a GNU target. */
14358 _bfd_mips_elf_linker_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean insn32
,
14359 bfd_boolean ignore_branch_isa
,
14360 bfd_boolean gnu_target
)
14362 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= insn32
;
14363 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->ignore_branch_isa
= ignore_branch_isa
;
14364 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->gnu_target
= gnu_target
;
14367 /* A function that the linker calls to enable use of compact branches in
14368 linker generated code for MIPSR6. */
14371 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_branches (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean on
)
14373 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_branches
= on
;
14377 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
14379 struct mips_mach_extension
14381 unsigned long extension
, base
;
14385 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
14386 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
14388 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
14390 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
14391 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
},
14392 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
14393 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
14394 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14395 { bfd_mach_mips_gs264e
, bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
},
14396 { bfd_mach_mips_gs464e
, bfd_mach_mips_gs464
},
14397 { bfd_mach_mips_gs464
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14399 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14400 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14401 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14402 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14404 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14405 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
14407 /* R10000 extensions. */
14408 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14409 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14410 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14412 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14413 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14414 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14415 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14416 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14417 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
14418 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
14420 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14421 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14422 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14423 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14424 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14425 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14427 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14428 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14429 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14431 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14432 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14433 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14434 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14435 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14436 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14437 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14438 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14439 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14440 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14442 /* MIPS32r3 extensions. */
14443 { bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
},
14445 /* MIPS32r2 extensions. */
14446 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
},
14448 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14449 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14451 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14452 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14453 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14454 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14456 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14457 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14458 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14461 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14464 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14468 if (extension
== base
)
14471 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14472 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14475 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14476 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14479 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14480 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14482 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14483 if (extension
== base
)
14490 /* Return the BFD mach for each .MIPS.abiflags ISA Extension. */
14492 static unsigned long
14493 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (unsigned int isa_ext
)
14497 case AFL_EXT_3900
: return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
14498 case AFL_EXT_4010
: return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
14499 case AFL_EXT_4100
: return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
14500 case AFL_EXT_4111
: return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
14501 case AFL_EXT_4120
: return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
14502 case AFL_EXT_4650
: return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
14503 case AFL_EXT_5400
: return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
14504 case AFL_EXT_5500
: return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
14505 case AFL_EXT_5900
: return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
14506 case AFL_EXT_10000
: return bfd_mach_mips10000
;
14507 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
14508 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
14509 case AFL_EXT_SB1
: return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
14510 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
14511 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
;
14512 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
14513 case AFL_EXT_XLR
: return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
14514 default: return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
14518 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
14521 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd
*abfd
)
14523 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
14525 case bfd_mach_mips3900
: return AFL_EXT_3900
;
14526 case bfd_mach_mips4010
: return AFL_EXT_4010
;
14527 case bfd_mach_mips4100
: return AFL_EXT_4100
;
14528 case bfd_mach_mips4111
: return AFL_EXT_4111
;
14529 case bfd_mach_mips4120
: return AFL_EXT_4120
;
14530 case bfd_mach_mips4650
: return AFL_EXT_4650
;
14531 case bfd_mach_mips5400
: return AFL_EXT_5400
;
14532 case bfd_mach_mips5500
: return AFL_EXT_5500
;
14533 case bfd_mach_mips5900
: return AFL_EXT_5900
;
14534 case bfd_mach_mips10000
: return AFL_EXT_10000
;
14535 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
;
14536 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
;
14537 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
: return AFL_EXT_SB1
;
14538 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON
;
14539 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
;
14540 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
;
14541 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
;
14542 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
: return AFL_EXT_XLR
;
14543 case bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
:
14544 return AFL_EXT_INTERAPTIV_MR2
;
14549 /* Encode ISA level and revision as a single value. */
14550 #define LEVEL_REV(LEV,REV) ((LEV) << 3 | (REV))
14552 /* Decode a single value into level and revision. */
14553 #define ISA_LEVEL(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) >> 3)
14554 #define ISA_REV(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) & 0x7)
14556 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
14559 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
)
14562 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
14564 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (1, 0); break;
14565 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (2, 0); break;
14566 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (3, 0); break;
14567 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (4, 0); break;
14568 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (5, 0); break;
14569 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 1); break;
14570 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 2); break;
14571 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 6); break;
14572 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 1); break;
14573 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 2); break;
14574 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 6); break;
14577 /* xgettext:c-format */
14578 (_("%pB: unknown architecture %s"),
14579 abfd
, bfd_printable_name (abfd
));
14582 if (new_isa
> LEVEL_REV (abiflags
->isa_level
, abiflags
->isa_rev
))
14584 abiflags
->isa_level
= ISA_LEVEL (new_isa
);
14585 abiflags
->isa_rev
= ISA_REV (new_isa
);
14588 /* Update the isa_ext if ABFD describes a further extension. */
14589 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
->isa_ext
),
14590 bfd_get_mach (abfd
)))
14591 abiflags
->isa_ext
= bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd
);
14594 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14597 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
14599 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
14600 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14601 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14602 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14603 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14604 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14605 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14606 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
);
14609 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14612 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
* abiflags
)
14614 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14616 memset (abiflags
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
));
14617 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd
, abiflags
);
14619 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
))
14620 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14622 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14624 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14626 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14627 abiflags
->fp_abi
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14629 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14630 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14631 || (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14632 && abiflags
->gpr_size
== AFL_REG_32
))
14633 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14634 else if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14635 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14636 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
14637 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14639 abiflags
->cpr2_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14641 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14642 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MDMX
;
14643 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14644 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MIPS16
;
14645 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14646 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14648 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14649 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14650 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14651 && abiflags
->isa_level
>= 32
14652 && abiflags
->ases
!= AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_EXT
)
14653 abiflags
->flags1
|= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG
;
14656 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14657 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14658 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14661 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14664 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
14665 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
14666 asection
*rtproc_sec
, *abiflags_sec
;
14667 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
14668 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
14669 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
14670 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14671 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
14672 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
14673 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
14678 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14680 static const char * const secname
[] =
14682 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14683 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14685 static const int sc
[] =
14687 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
14688 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
14691 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
14692 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14694 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14696 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
14699 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14701 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
14703 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
14707 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14708 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
14710 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14712 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14713 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14714 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
14715 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14716 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14717 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
14718 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
14719 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14720 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
14721 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14722 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14723 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
14725 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14727 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
14729 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14730 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14732 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
14735 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14736 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
14740 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14741 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14742 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14746 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14748 abiflags_sec
= NULL
;
14749 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
14751 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
14752 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
14753 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14755 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14757 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14758 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14759 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14760 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14762 asection
*input_section
;
14764 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14766 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14771 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14773 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14774 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14775 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14778 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14779 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
14781 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14782 matters, but someday it might). */
14783 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14788 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
14790 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
14792 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14793 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14794 the information together. */
14795 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14797 asection
*input_section
;
14799 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14803 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14805 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14810 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14811 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14813 sz
= (input_section
->size
< sizeof (ext
)
14814 ? input_section
->size
: sizeof (ext
));
14815 memset (&ext
, 0, sizeof (ext
));
14816 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14820 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
14822 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
14823 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
14824 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
14825 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
14826 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
14828 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14829 `_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing' when the section is
14830 finally written out. */
14832 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14833 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14834 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14837 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14838 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
14840 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14841 matters, but someday it might). */
14842 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14847 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
14849 struct extsym_info einfo
;
14852 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14853 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14854 the information together. */
14855 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
14856 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14857 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
14858 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
14859 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
14860 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
14861 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
14862 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
14863 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
14864 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
14865 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
14866 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
14867 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
14869 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
14871 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14872 debug_info structure. */
14874 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
14875 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
14876 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
14877 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
14878 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
14880 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
14881 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
14882 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
14883 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
14885 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14886 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
14890 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
14894 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
14895 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
14896 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
14897 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
14899 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
14901 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
14902 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
14905 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
14906 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
14909 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
14910 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
14911 secname
[i
], &esym
))
14915 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14917 asection
*input_section
;
14919 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
14920 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
14924 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14926 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14931 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14932 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14934 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
14936 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14937 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14938 want to deal with it. */
14942 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
14943 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
14945 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
14947 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14948 read in the debugging information and set up an
14949 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14950 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14954 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14955 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
14956 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
14959 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14960 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14961 the linker global hash table and save the information
14962 for the output external symbols. */
14963 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
14964 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
14965 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
14966 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
14968 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
14969 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
14973 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14975 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
14976 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
14977 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
14978 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
14981 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
14982 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14983 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14984 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
14989 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
14990 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
14991 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
14997 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14998 free (input_debug
.line
);
14999 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
15000 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
15001 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
15002 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
15003 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
15004 free (input_debug
.ss
);
15005 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
15006 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
15007 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
15008 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
15010 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
15011 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
15012 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
15015 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && bfd_link_pic (info
))
15017 /* Create .rtproc section. */
15018 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
15019 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
15021 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
15022 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
15024 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
15027 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
15028 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
15032 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
15038 /* Build the external symbol information. */
15041 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
15043 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
15044 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
15045 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
15049 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
15050 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
15052 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
15053 matters, but someday it might). */
15054 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
15059 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
15061 const char *subname
;
15064 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
15067 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
15068 information describing how the small data area would
15069 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
15070 not used in executables files. */
15071 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
15073 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
15075 asection
*input_section
;
15077 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
15079 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
15084 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
15086 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
15087 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
15088 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
15091 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
15092 currently matters, but someday it might). */
15093 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
15095 /* Really remove the section. */
15096 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
15097 --abfd
->section_count
;
15102 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
15103 uninitialized data. */
15104 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
15105 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
15106 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
15111 /* xgettext:c-format */
15112 (_("%pB: illegal section name `%pA'"), abfd
, o
);
15113 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
15117 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
15118 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
15119 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
15120 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
15121 case we must change the name of the output section. */
15122 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
15123 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
15125 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
15126 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
15128 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
15129 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
15130 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
15133 /* Set up the first entry. */
15135 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
15136 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
15139 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
15140 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
15142 /* Combine the input sections. */
15143 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
15145 asection
*input_section
;
15147 bfd_size_type size
;
15148 unsigned long last
;
15149 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
15151 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
15153 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
15158 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
15159 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
15161 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
15162 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
15163 sorted by ascending -G value. */
15164 size
= input_section
->size
;
15166 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
15168 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
15170 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
15171 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
15177 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
15178 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
15179 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
15185 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
15187 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
15188 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
15191 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
15193 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
15194 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
15196 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
15202 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
15205 /* We need a new table entry. */
15206 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
15207 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
15208 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
15214 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
15215 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
15217 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
15218 value, since that will be implied by this new
15221 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
15223 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
15225 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
15226 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
15230 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
15231 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
15236 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
15239 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
15240 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
15241 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
15244 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
15246 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
15248 /* Swap out the table. */
15249 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
15250 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
15251 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
15257 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
15258 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
15261 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
15262 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
15264 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
15265 matters, but someday it might). */
15266 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
15270 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
15271 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
15274 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
15276 if (abiflags_sec
!= NULL
)
15278 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
15279 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
;
15281 abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
15283 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
15284 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15286 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd
, abiflags
);
15287 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15289 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd
, abiflags
, &ext
);
15290 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, abiflags_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
15294 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
15296 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
15298 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
15299 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
15303 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
15305 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
15306 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
15308 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
15311 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
15314 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
15316 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
15317 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
15318 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
15322 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
15324 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
15325 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
15326 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
15330 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
15332 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
15333 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
15335 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
15336 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
15337 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
15345 /* Merge object file header flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error
15346 if there are conflicting settings. */
15349 mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15351 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15352 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15353 flagword old_flags
;
15354 flagword new_flags
;
15357 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15358 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15359 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
15361 /* Check flag compatibility. */
15363 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15364 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15366 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
15367 doesn't seem to matter. */
15368 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15369 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15371 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
15372 just be able to ignore this. */
15373 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15374 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15376 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
15377 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
15378 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15380 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
15385 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
15386 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
15389 (_("%pB: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
15394 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
15395 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15396 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
15397 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
15399 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15400 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15402 /* Compare the ISAs. */
15403 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
15406 (_("%pB: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
15410 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
15412 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
15413 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15415 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
15416 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15417 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15418 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
15419 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
15420 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
15421 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15423 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15424 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15426 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15427 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15428 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
15429 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
15430 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15431 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15435 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15437 /* xgettext:c-format */
15438 (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15440 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
15441 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
15446 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15447 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15449 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15450 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15451 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
15452 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15453 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15455 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15456 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15457 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15458 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15461 /* xgettext:c-format */
15462 (_("%pB: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15464 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
15465 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
15468 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15469 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15472 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15473 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15474 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
15476 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15477 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15478 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15479 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15480 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
15481 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
15483 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
15486 /* xgettext:c-format */
15487 (_("%pB: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15489 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15490 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15494 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15496 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15497 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15500 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15501 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
15503 /* xgettext:c-format */
15504 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15506 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15507 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15508 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15509 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15511 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15512 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15515 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15516 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
))
15518 /* xgettext:c-format */
15519 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15521 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15522 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15523 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15524 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15526 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15527 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15530 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15531 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
15533 /* xgettext:c-format */
15535 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields than previous modules "
15537 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
15544 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15545 there are conflicting attributes. */
15547 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15549 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15550 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
15551 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
15555 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
15556 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15557 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15558 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15560 abi_msa_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
;
15562 && in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15563 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
= ibfd
;
15565 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
15567 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
15568 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15570 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
15572 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
15577 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
15578 non-conflicting ones. */
15579 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15580 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
15584 out_fp
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15585 in_fp
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15586 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
15587 if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15588 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_fp
;
15589 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15590 && (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15591 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15592 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15594 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15595 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15597 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15598 && (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15599 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15600 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15601 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15602 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15603 && in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15605 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15606 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15608 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15609 && out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15610 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15611 else if (in_fp
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15613 const char *out_string
, *in_string
;
15615 out_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp
);
15616 in_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp
);
15617 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
15618 if (!out_string
&& !in_string
)
15619 /* xgettext:c-format */
15621 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15622 "(set by %pB), %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15623 obfd
, out_fp
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_fp
);
15624 else if (!out_string
)
15626 /* xgettext:c-format */
15627 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15628 "(set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15629 obfd
, out_fp
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_string
);
15630 else if (!in_string
)
15632 /* xgettext:c-format */
15633 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), "
15634 "%pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15635 obfd
, out_string
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_fp
);
15638 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
15639 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
15640 really relevant to the error message. */
15641 if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15642 out_string
= "-mhard-float";
15643 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15644 in_string
= "-mhard-float";
15646 /* xgettext:c-format */
15647 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15648 obfd
, out_string
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_string
);
15653 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
15654 non-conflicting ones. */
15655 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15657 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].type
= 1;
15658 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15659 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
;
15660 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15661 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15663 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15665 /* xgettext:c-format */
15666 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), "
15667 "%pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15668 obfd
, "-mmsa", abi_msa_bfd
,
15669 ibfd
, in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15673 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15675 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15677 /* xgettext:c-format */
15678 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15679 "(set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15680 obfd
, out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15681 abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mmsa");
15686 /* xgettext:c-format */
15687 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15688 "(set by %pB), %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15689 obfd
, out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15690 abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
, in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15696 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15697 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
15700 /* Merge object ABI flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15701 there are conflicting settings. */
15704 mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15706 obj_attribute
*out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15707 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15708 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15710 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15711 out_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15713 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15714 /* Merge abiflags. */
15715 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
,
15716 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
);
15717 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
,
15718 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
);
15719 out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
,
15720 in_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
);
15721 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
,
15722 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
);
15723 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
,
15724 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
);
15726 out_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
;
15727 out_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
;
15732 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15733 object file when linking. */
15736 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15738 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15739 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
;
15740 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
;
15741 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
15745 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15746 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
15749 (_("%pB: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15754 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
15757 in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15758 out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15760 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
15763 (_("%pB: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15768 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If not,
15769 then it has no attributes, and its flags may not have been initialized
15770 either, but it cannot actually cause any incompatibility. */
15771 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
15773 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15774 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15775 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15776 not affect compatibility. */
15777 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
15778 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
15779 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
15781 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
15782 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
15783 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
15785 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
15789 if (null_input_bfd
)
15792 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15793 if (in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15795 obj_attribute
*in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15796 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags
;
15797 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
15799 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15801 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15802 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
;
15804 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &abiflags
);
15805 in_abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15807 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15808 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15809 if (in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 3 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 5)
15810 in_abiflags
.isa_rev
= 2;
15812 if (LEVEL_REV (in_abiflags
.isa_level
, in_abiflags
.isa_rev
)
15813 < LEVEL_REV (abiflags
.isa_level
, abiflags
.isa_rev
))
15815 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15816 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15817 if (abiflags
.fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15818 && in_abiflags
.fp_abi
!= abiflags
.fp_abi
)
15820 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent FP ABI between .gnu.attributes and "
15821 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15822 if ((in_abiflags
.ases
& abiflags
.ases
) != abiflags
.ases
)
15824 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15825 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15826 /* The isa_ext is allowed to be an extension of what can be inferred
15828 if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
.isa_ext
),
15829 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (in_abiflags
.isa_ext
)))
15831 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15832 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15833 if (in_abiflags
.flags2
!= 0)
15835 (_("%pB: warning: unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15836 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd
,
15837 in_abiflags
.flags2
);
15841 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &in_tdata
->abiflags
);
15842 in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15845 if (!out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15847 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15848 out_tdata
->abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15849 out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15852 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
15854 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
15855 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15856 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15857 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
15859 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
15860 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
15861 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
15862 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
15864 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
15865 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15868 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15869 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15875 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (ibfd
, info
);
15877 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
) && ok
;
15879 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (ibfd
, obfd
) && ok
;
15883 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15890 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15893 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
15895 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
15896 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
15898 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
15899 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
15904 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
15908 default: return "";
15909 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
15910 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15911 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
15912 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15913 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
15914 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15915 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
15916 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15917 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
15918 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15919 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
15920 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15922 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15923 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
15924 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15925 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
15926 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15927 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
15928 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15929 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
15930 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15931 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
15932 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15933 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
15934 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15935 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
15936 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15937 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
15938 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15939 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
15940 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15941 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
15942 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15943 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
15944 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL";
15945 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
15946 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15947 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
15948 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15949 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
15950 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15951 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
15952 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15953 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
15954 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15955 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
15956 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15957 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
15958 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15959 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
15960 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15961 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
15962 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15963 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
15964 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15965 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
15966 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15967 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
15968 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15969 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
15970 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15971 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
15972 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15973 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
15974 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15975 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
15976 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15977 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
15978 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15979 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
15980 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15981 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
15982 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15983 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
15984 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15985 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
15986 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15987 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
15988 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15989 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
15990 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15991 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
15992 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15993 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
15994 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15995 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
15996 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15997 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
15998 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15999 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
16000 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
16001 case DT_MIPS_XHASH
:
16002 return "DT_MIPS_XHASH";
16006 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
16010 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp
)
16014 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
16016 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
16017 return "-mdouble-float";
16019 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
16020 return "-msingle-float";
16022 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
16023 return "-msoft-float";
16025 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
16026 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
16028 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
16031 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
16032 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
16034 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
16035 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
16043 print_mips_ases (FILE *file
, unsigned int mask
)
16045 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSP
)
16046 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file
);
16047 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR2
)
16048 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file
);
16049 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR3
)
16050 fputs ("\n\tDSP R3 ASE", file
);
16051 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_EVA
)
16052 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file
);
16053 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MCU
)
16054 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file
);
16055 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MDMX
)
16056 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file
);
16057 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS3D
)
16058 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file
);
16059 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MT
)
16060 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file
);
16061 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS
)
16062 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file
);
16063 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_VIRT
)
16064 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file
);
16065 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MSA
)
16066 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file
);
16067 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16
)
16068 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file
);
16069 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
16070 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file
);
16071 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_XPA
)
16072 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file
);
16073 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16E2
)
16074 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16e2 ASE", file
);
16075 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_CRC
)
16076 fputs ("\n\tCRC ASE", file
);
16077 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_GINV
)
16078 fputs ("\n\tGINV ASE", file
);
16079 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_MMI
)
16080 fputs ("\n\tLoongson MMI ASE", file
);
16081 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_CAM
)
16082 fputs ("\n\tLoongson CAM ASE", file
);
16083 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_EXT
)
16084 fputs ("\n\tLoongson EXT ASE", file
);
16085 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_LOONGSON_EXT2
)
16086 fputs ("\n\tLoongson EXT2 ASE", file
);
16088 fprintf (file
, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
16089 else if ((mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
) != 0)
16090 fprintf (stdout
, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
);
16094 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file
, unsigned int isa_ext
)
16099 fputs (_("None"), file
);
16102 fputs ("RMI XLR", file
);
16104 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
:
16105 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file
);
16107 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
:
16108 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file
);
16110 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
:
16111 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file
);
16113 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
:
16114 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file
);
16117 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file
);
16120 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file
);
16123 fputs ("LSI R4010", file
);
16126 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file
);
16129 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file
);
16131 case AFL_EXT_10000
:
16132 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file
);
16135 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file
);
16138 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file
);
16141 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file
);
16144 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file
);
16147 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file
);
16149 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
:
16150 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file
);
16152 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
:
16153 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file
);
16155 case AFL_EXT_INTERAPTIV_MR2
:
16156 fputs ("Imagination interAptiv MR2", file
);
16159 fprintf (file
, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext
);
16165 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file
, int val
)
16169 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
:
16170 fprintf (file
, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
16172 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
16173 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
16175 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
16176 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
16178 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
16179 fprintf (file
, _("Soft float\n"));
16181 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
16182 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
16184 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
16185 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
16187 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
16188 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
16190 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
16191 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
16194 fprintf (file
, "??? (%d)\n", val
);
16200 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size
)
16202 return (reg_size
== AFL_REG_NONE
) ? 0
16203 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_32
) ? 32
16204 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_64
) ? 64
16205 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_128
) ? 128
16210 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
16214 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
16216 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
16217 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
16219 /* xgettext:c-format */
16220 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
16222 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
16223 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
16224 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
16225 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
16226 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
16227 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
16228 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
16229 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
16230 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
16231 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
16232 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
16233 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
16234 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
16235 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
16237 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
16239 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
16240 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
16241 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
16242 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
16243 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
16244 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
16245 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
16246 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
16247 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
16248 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
16249 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
16250 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
16251 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
16252 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
16253 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
16254 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
16255 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
16256 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
16257 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
)
16258 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r6]");
16259 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
)
16260 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r6]");
16262 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
16264 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
16265 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
16267 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
16268 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
16270 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
16271 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
16273 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
16274 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
16276 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
16277 fprintf (file
, " [old fp64]");
16279 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
16280 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
16282 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
16284 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
16285 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
16287 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
16288 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
16290 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
16291 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
16293 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
16294 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
16296 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
16297 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
16299 fputc ('\n', file
);
16301 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
16303 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
16304 fprintf (file
, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags
->version
);
16305 fprintf (file
, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags
->isa_level
);
16306 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
> 1)
16307 fprintf (file
, "r%d", abiflags
->isa_rev
);
16308 fprintf (file
, "\nGPR size: %d",
16309 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->gpr_size
));
16310 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
16311 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr1_size
));
16312 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
16313 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr2_size
));
16314 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file
);
16315 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file
, abiflags
->fp_abi
);
16316 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file
);
16317 print_mips_isa_ext (file
, abiflags
->isa_ext
);
16318 fputs ("\nASEs:", file
);
16319 print_mips_ases (file
, abiflags
->ases
);
16320 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags1
);
16321 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags2
);
16322 fputc ('\n', file
);
16328 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
16330 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16331 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16332 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
16333 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16334 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16335 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
16336 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".MIPS.xhash"), 0, SHT_MIPS_XHASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
16337 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
16340 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
16341 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
16342 definiton of the symbol. */
16344 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
16345 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
16346 bfd_boolean definition
,
16347 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16349 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
16351 unsigned char other
;
16353 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
16354 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
16355 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
16359 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
16360 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
16363 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
16364 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
16366 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
16368 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
16372 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
16374 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
16375 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
16376 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
16379 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
16380 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
16383 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
16384 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16387 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
16388 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
16391 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
16392 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
16393 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
16394 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
16395 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
16396 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
16397 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
16398 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
16401 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
16402 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16403 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16404 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
16407 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
16408 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
16409 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
16410 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
16412 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
16413 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
16414 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
16415 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
16416 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
16417 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
16418 unsigned int other
;
16419 bfd_vma entry_size
;
16438 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
16441 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
16442 if (relplt
== NULL
)
16445 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
16446 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
16449 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
16453 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
16454 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
16456 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
16458 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
16459 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
16460 PLT slots per relocation. */
16461 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
16462 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
16463 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
16464 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
16465 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
16466 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
16467 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16469 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
16470 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
16472 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
16475 if (plt
->size
< 16)
16478 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
16481 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
16483 names
= (char *) send
;
16484 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
16487 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
16488 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
16492 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16493 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16495 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
16499 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16500 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16504 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16509 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
16513 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16514 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
16515 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
16519 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
16520 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
16521 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
16523 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
16524 const char *suffix
;
16529 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
16531 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
16532 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
16536 /* Truncated table??? */
16537 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
16539 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
16540 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16541 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
16542 suffix
= m16suffix
;
16543 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
16545 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16546 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
16550 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
16551 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16552 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16554 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16555 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
16556 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16557 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16558 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16559 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16561 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16562 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16564 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16565 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
16566 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16567 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16568 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16569 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16570 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16571 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16572 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16574 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16577 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
16578 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
16579 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16580 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16581 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16582 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
16583 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
16584 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
16587 /* Truncated table??? */
16588 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
16592 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
16593 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
16600 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
16601 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16602 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16603 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
16604 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
16605 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
16607 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
16609 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16611 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16612 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
16613 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
16616 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
16618 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
16619 names
+= suffixlen
;
16622 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
16631 /* Return the ABI flags associated with ABFD if available. */
16633 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*
16634 bfd_mips_elf_get_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
)
16636 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
16638 return tdata
->abiflags_valid
? &tdata
->abiflags
: NULL
;
16641 /* MIPS libc ABI versions, used with the EI_ABIVERSION ELF file header
16642 field. Taken from `libc-abis.h' generated at GNU libc build time.
16643 Using a MIPS_ prefix as other libc targets use different values. */
16646 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_DEFAULT
= 0,
16647 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_PLT
,
16648 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_UNIQUE
,
16649 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_O32_FP64
,
16650 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_ABSOLUTE
,
16651 MIPS_LIBC_ABI_XHASH
,
16656 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
16658 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= NULL
;
16659 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
16661 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
16664 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
16665 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
16668 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
16669 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_PLT
;
16671 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16672 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
16673 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_MIPS_O32_FP64
;
16675 /* Mark that we need support for absolute symbols in the dynamic loader. */
16676 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->use_absolute_zero
&& htab
->gnu_target
)
16677 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_ABSOLUTE
;
16679 /* Mark that we need support for .MIPS.xhash in the dynamic linker,
16680 if it is the only hash section that will be created. */
16681 if (link_info
&& link_info
->emit_gnu_hash
&& !link_info
->emit_hash
)
16682 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = MIPS_LIBC_ABI_XHASH
;
16684 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd
, link_info
);
16688 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding
16689 (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16691 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
;
16694 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16697 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode
16698 (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16700 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE
;
16703 /* Record a position XLAT_LOC in the xlat translation table, associated with
16704 the hash entry H. The entry in the translation table will later be
16705 populated with the real symbol dynindx. */
16708 _bfd_mips_elf_record_xhash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
16711 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
16713 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
16714 hmips
->mipsxhash_loc
= xlat_loc
;